1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian
>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
63 template<bool big_endian
>
66 template<bool big_endian
>
67 class Arm_input_section
;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
75 template<bool big_endian
>
76 class Arm_output_section
;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
80 template<bool big_endian
>
83 template<bool big_endian
>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
86 template<bool big_endian
>
87 class Arm_output_data_got
;
89 template<bool big_endian
>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table
* arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
155 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
161 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
170 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
176 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_
; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_
; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_
; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
220 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_
;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
275 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_
; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_
; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_
; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_
; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_
; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
330 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
331 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
339 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
340 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
351 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
380 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_
; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
401 return this->offset_
;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
407 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i
)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
418 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian
>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
454 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_
;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
474 return this->destination_address_
;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
481 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
482 this->destination_address_
= address
;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
496 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
509 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
514 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
515 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
519 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
520 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
521 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_
; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_
; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key
& k
) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
556 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
557 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
558 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
559 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
560 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
571 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
581 { return k
.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
588 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_
;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is invalid index. This points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, this points a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj. This is done to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol
* symbol
;
610 const Relobj
* relobj
;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
619 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
625 friend class Stub_factory
;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_
;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_
;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_
; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_
; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_
; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_
; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_
; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
701 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
702 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
703 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
704 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address
),
706 original_insn_(original_insn
)
709 friend class Stub_factory
;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_
;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_
;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_
;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_
;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_
; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
763 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
766 friend class Stub_factory
;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian
>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
790 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
793 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
794 view
+= insns
[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
796 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
797 view
+= insns
[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
799 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory
&
815 static Stub_factory singleton
;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
831 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
832 uint32_t original_insn
) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
837 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
845 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
858 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian
>
867 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
882 { return this->owner_
; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB with using KEY. Caller is reponsible for avoid adding
899 // if already a STUB with the same key has been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
903 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align
= stub_template
->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, align
);
911 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub_template
->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
=
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
, align
);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // Caller is reponsible for avoid adding if already a STUB with the same
919 // address has been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
923 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
932 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
944 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
945 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
953 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file
*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_
; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_
; }
1059 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1061 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1067 // Write to a map file.
1069 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
1070 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** ARM cantunwind")); }
1073 // Implement do_write for a given endianness.
1074 template<bool big_endian
>
1076 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1078 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1080 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1081 unsigned int shndx_
;
1084 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1085 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1086 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1088 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1089 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1091 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1092 // with some of its entries merged.
1094 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1097 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1098 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1099 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1100 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1101 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1102 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1104 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1105 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1107 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1108 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1109 exidx_input_section() const
1110 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1112 // Return the section offset map.
1113 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1114 section_offset_map() const
1115 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1118 // Write merged section into file OF.
1120 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1123 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1124 section_offset_type
*) const;
1127 // Original EXIDX input section.
1128 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1129 // Section offset map.
1130 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1133 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1135 template<bool big_endian
>
1136 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1139 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1140 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1141 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
)
1144 ~Arm_input_section()
1151 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1153 is_stub_table_owner() const
1154 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1156 // Return the stub table.
1157 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1159 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1161 // Set the stub_table.
1163 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1164 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1166 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1167 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1168 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1169 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1170 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1172 // Return the original size of the section.
1174 original_size() const
1175 { return this->original_size_
; }
1178 // Write data to output file.
1180 do_write(Output_file
*);
1182 // Return required alignment of this.
1184 do_addralign() const
1186 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1187 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1188 static_cast<uint64_t>(this->original_addralign_
));
1190 return this->original_addralign_
;
1193 // Finalize data size.
1195 set_final_data_size();
1197 // Reset address and file offset.
1199 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1203 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1204 section_offset_type offset
,
1205 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1207 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1208 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1211 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, uint32_t>(this->original_size_
)))
1221 // Copying is not allowed.
1222 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1223 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1225 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1226 uint32_t original_addralign_
;
1227 // Section size of the original input section.
1228 uint32_t original_size_
;
1230 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1233 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1234 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1236 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1239 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
,
1240 bool merge_exidx_entries
= true)
1241 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1242 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1243 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
),
1244 merge_exidx_entries_(merge_exidx_entries
)
1248 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1250 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. Return number of bytes to
1251 // be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX section are merged
1252 // a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store in the located
1253 // PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is reponsible for
1255 template<bool big_endian
>
1257 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1258 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1260 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1261 // input section, if there is not one already.
1263 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1265 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1266 // first exidx input in output.
1268 first_output_text_section() const
1269 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1272 // Copying is not allowed.
1273 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1274 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1276 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1281 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1282 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1289 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1290 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1292 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1294 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1295 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1296 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1297 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1298 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1300 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1301 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1303 // EXIDX output section.
1304 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1305 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1306 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1307 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1308 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1309 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1310 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1311 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1312 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1313 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1315 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1317 bool merge_exidx_entries_
;
1320 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1321 // stub generation methods.
1323 template<bool big_endian
>
1324 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1327 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1329 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1330 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1331 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
)
1333 if (type
== elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
1334 this->set_always_keeps_input_sections();
1337 ~Arm_output_section()
1340 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1342 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1344 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1345 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1346 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1347 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1348 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1350 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1352 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1354 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1355 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1356 // output addresses.
1358 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1359 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1360 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1361 bool merge_exidx_entries
);
1363 // Link an EXIDX section into its corresponding text section.
1365 set_exidx_section_link();
1369 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1370 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1372 // Create a stub group.
1373 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1374 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1375 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1376 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1377 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*);
1380 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1382 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1385 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1386 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1388 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1389 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
, uint32_t addralign
)
1390 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1391 addralign_(addralign
), has_errors_(false)
1394 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1397 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1399 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1402 { return this->relobj_
; }
1404 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1407 { return this->shndx_
; }
1409 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1412 { return this->link_
; }
1414 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1417 { return this->size_
; }
1419 // Reutnr address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1422 { return this->addralign_
; }
1424 // Whether there are any errors in the EXIDX input section.
1427 { return this->has_errors_
; }
1429 // Set has-errors flag.
1432 { this->has_errors_
= true; }
1435 // Object containing this.
1437 // Section index of this.
1438 unsigned int shndx_
;
1439 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1441 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1443 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1444 uint32_t addralign_
;
1445 // Whether this has any errors.
1449 // Arm_relobj class.
1451 template<bool big_endian
>
1452 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>
1455 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1457 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1458 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1459 : Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1460 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1461 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1462 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1463 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false),
1464 merge_flags_and_attributes_(true)
1468 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1470 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1471 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1472 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1474 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1475 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1478 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1480 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1482 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1483 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1486 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1487 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1489 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1491 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1492 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1495 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1497 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1500 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1502 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1504 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1505 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1506 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1507 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1510 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1511 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1512 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1513 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1514 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1516 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1519 processor_specific_flags() const
1520 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1522 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1524 const Attributes_section_data
*
1525 attributes_section_data() const
1526 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1528 // Mapping symbol location.
1529 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1531 // Functor for STL container.
1532 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1535 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1536 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1538 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1539 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1543 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1544 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1545 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1546 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1548 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1550 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1552 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1553 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1556 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1558 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1560 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1561 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1562 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1563 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1566 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1567 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1568 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1569 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1571 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1572 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1573 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1578 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1579 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1580 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1582 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1583 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1584 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1589 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1591 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1592 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1594 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1596 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1597 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1599 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1601 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1603 // Whether we want to merge processor-specific flags and attributes.
1605 merge_flags_and_attributes() const
1606 { return this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
; }
1608 // Export list of EXIDX section indices.
1610 get_exidx_shndx_list(std::vector
<unsigned int>* list
) const
1613 for (Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.begin();
1614 p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end();
1617 if (p
->second
->shndx() == p
->first
)
1618 list
->push_back(p
->first
);
1620 // Sort list to make result independent of implementation of map.
1621 std::sort(list
->begin(), list
->end());
1625 // Post constructor setup.
1629 // Call parent's setup method.
1630 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1632 // Initialize look-up tables.
1633 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1634 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1637 // Count the local symbols.
1639 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1640 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1643 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1644 const unsigned char* pshdrs
, Output_file
* of
,
1645 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1647 // Read the symbol information.
1649 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1651 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1653 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1657 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1659 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1660 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1661 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1663 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1665 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1666 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1668 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1670 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1671 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1672 const Symbol_table
*);
1674 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1676 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1677 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1678 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1680 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1681 // first reloction of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1682 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1683 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1684 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1686 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1687 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1690 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1691 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1692 // index of the linked text section.
1694 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1695 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1696 unsigned int text_shndx
,
1697 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
);
1699 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1700 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1702 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1704 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1705 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1708 // List of stub tables.
1709 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1710 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1711 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1712 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1713 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1714 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1715 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1716 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1717 // Mapping symbols information.
1718 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1719 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1720 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1721 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1722 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1723 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1724 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1725 // Whether we merge processor flags and attributes of this object to
1727 bool merge_flags_and_attributes_
;
1730 // Arm_dynobj class.
1732 template<bool big_endian
>
1733 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1736 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1737 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1738 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1739 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1743 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1745 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1746 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1747 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1748 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1749 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1751 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1754 processor_specific_flags() const
1755 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1757 // Attributes section data.
1758 const Attributes_section_data
*
1759 attributes_section_data() const
1760 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1763 // Read the symbol information.
1765 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1768 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1769 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1770 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1771 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1774 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1776 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1777 struct Stub_addend_reader
1779 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1780 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1781 // view or from a Reloc object.
1782 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1784 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1785 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1786 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1787 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1790 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1792 template<bool big_endian
>
1793 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1795 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1798 const unsigned char*,
1799 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1802 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1803 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1804 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1805 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1807 template<bool big_endian
>
1808 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1810 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1813 const unsigned char*,
1814 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1815 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1816 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1819 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1820 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1822 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1825 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1826 Arm_address destination
)
1827 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1833 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1835 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1839 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1841 // Return the relocation type.
1844 { return this->r_type_
; }
1846 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1850 { return this->destination_
; }
1853 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1854 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1856 unsigned int r_type_
;
1857 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1859 Arm_address destination_
;
1862 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1863 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1865 template<bool big_endian
>
1866 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1869 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1870 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1873 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1874 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1875 // applied in a static link.
1877 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1878 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1880 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1881 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1882 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1884 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1885 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1887 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1891 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1892 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1893 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1894 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1895 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1897 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1899 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1901 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1902 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1903 unsigned int index
);
1906 // Write out the GOT table.
1908 do_write(Output_file
*);
1911 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1912 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1916 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1917 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1918 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1920 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1921 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1922 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1924 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1925 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1928 // Return the GOT offset.
1931 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1936 { return this->r_type_
; }
1938 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1940 symbol_is_global() const
1941 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1943 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1947 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1948 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1951 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1952 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*
1955 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1956 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1959 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1963 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1964 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
1968 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
1969 unsigned int got_offset_
;
1970 // Type of relocation.
1971 unsigned int r_type_
;
1972 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
1973 bool symbol_is_global_
;
1974 // A global or local symbol.
1979 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
1984 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
1985 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
1986 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
1992 // Symbol table of the output object.
1993 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
1994 // Layout of the output object.
1996 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
1997 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
2000 // The ARM target has many relocation types with odd-sizes or incontigious
2001 // bits. The default handling of relocatable relocation cannot process these
2002 // relocations. So we have to extend the default code.
2004 template<bool big_endian
, int sh_type
, typename Classify_reloc
>
2005 class Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
:
2006 public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<sh_type
, Classify_reloc
>
2009 // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2010 // symbol, given the relocation type.
2011 inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2012 local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
*)
2014 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
2015 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA
;
2018 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
2019 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
)
2021 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
2022 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
2023 r_type
= arm_target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
2028 // Relocations that write nothing. These exclude R_ARM_TARGET1
2029 // and R_ARM_TARGET2.
2030 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
2031 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
2032 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC
:
2033 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_CALL
:
2034 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ
:
2035 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
:
2036 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTRELAX
:
2037 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
2038 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
2039 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ16
:
2040 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ32
:
2041 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_0
;
2042 // These should have been converted to something else above.
2043 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
2044 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
2046 // Relocations that write full 32 bits.
2047 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
2048 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
2049 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
2050 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
2051 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
2052 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2053 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
2054 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
2055 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
2056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2057 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2058 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2059 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2060 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2061 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
:
2062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
:
2064 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_4
;
2066 // For all other static relocations, return RELOC_SPECIAL.
2067 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL
;
2073 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
2077 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
2078 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
2079 template<int no_bits
>
2080 static inline int32_t
2081 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
2083 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
2085 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2086 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
2088 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
2089 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2090 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
2093 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
2094 template<int no_bits
>
2096 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
2098 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
2101 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
2102 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
2103 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2104 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2107 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
2108 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
2109 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
2110 // -128 <= bits <= 255
2111 template<int no_bits
>
2113 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
2115 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
2118 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
2119 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
2120 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2121 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2124 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
2125 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
2126 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
2127 static inline uint32_t
2128 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
2129 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
2132 template<bool big_endian
>
2133 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
2136 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
2139 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2140 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2143 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
2144 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
2145 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
2146 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2147 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2148 may_use_blx_(false), should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2149 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2150 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2153 // Virtual function which is set to return true by a target if
2154 // it can use relocation types to determine if a function's
2155 // pointer is taken.
2157 can_check_for_function_pointers() const
2160 // Whether a section called SECTION_NAME may have function pointers to
2161 // sections not eligible for safe ICF folding.
2163 section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(const char* section_name
) const
2165 return (!is_prefix_of(".ARM.exidx", section_name
)
2166 && !is_prefix_of(".ARM.extab", section_name
)
2167 && Target::section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(section_name
));
2170 // Whether we can use BLX.
2173 { return this->may_use_blx_
; }
2175 // Set use-BLX flag.
2177 set_may_use_blx(bool value
)
2178 { this->may_use_blx_
= value
; }
2180 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2182 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2183 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2185 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2187 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2188 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2190 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2192 using_thumb2() const
2194 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2195 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2196 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2197 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2200 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2202 using_thumb_only() const
2204 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2205 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2207 if (attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2208 || attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
)
2210 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2211 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2213 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2214 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2217 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2219 may_use_arm_nop() const
2221 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2222 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2223 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2224 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2225 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2226 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2227 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2230 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2232 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2234 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2235 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2236 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2237 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2238 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2239 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2242 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2243 // garbage collection.
2245 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2247 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2248 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2249 unsigned int sh_type
,
2250 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2252 Output_section
* output_section
,
2253 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2254 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2255 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2257 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2259 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2261 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2262 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2263 unsigned int sh_type
,
2264 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2266 Output_section
* output_section
,
2267 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2268 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2269 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2271 // Finalize the sections.
2273 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2275 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2278 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2280 // Relocate a section.
2282 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2283 unsigned int sh_type
,
2284 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2286 Output_section
* output_section
,
2287 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2288 unsigned char* view
,
2289 Arm_address view_address
,
2290 section_size_type view_size
,
2291 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2293 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2295 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2297 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2298 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2299 unsigned int sh_type
,
2300 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2302 Output_section
* output_section
,
2303 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2304 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2305 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2306 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2308 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2310 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2311 unsigned int sh_type
,
2312 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2314 Output_section
* output_section
,
2315 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2316 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2317 unsigned char* view
,
2318 Arm_address view_address
,
2319 section_size_type view_size
,
2320 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2321 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2323 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
2324 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
2326 relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2327 unsigned int sh_type
,
2328 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
2330 Output_section
* output_section
,
2331 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2332 unsigned char* view
,
2333 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
2335 section_size_type view_size
,
2336 unsigned char* preloc_out
);
2338 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2340 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
2341 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2343 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2345 has_got_section() const
2346 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2348 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2352 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2353 return this->got_
->data_size();
2356 // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
2358 got_entry_count() const
2360 if (!this->has_got_section())
2362 return this->got_size() / 4;
2365 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
2367 plt_entry_count() const;
2369 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2371 first_plt_entry_offset() const;
2373 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
2375 plt_entry_size() const;
2377 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2379 get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
);
2382 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2385 // Return the stub factory
2387 stub_factory() const
2388 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2390 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2391 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2392 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2394 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2395 // section of RELOBJ.
2396 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2397 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2399 // Make a new Stub_table
2400 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2401 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2403 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2405 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2406 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2407 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2412 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2413 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2416 // Get the default ARM target.
2417 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2420 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2421 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2422 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2423 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2426 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2428 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2432 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2433 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2436 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2438 fix_cortex_a8() const
2439 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2441 // Whether we merge exidx entries in debuginfo.
2443 merge_exidx_entries() const
2444 { return parameters
->options().merge_exidx_entries(); }
2446 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2448 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2449 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2450 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2452 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2454 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2456 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2457 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2458 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2460 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2462 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2463 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2466 // Make an ELF object.
2468 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2469 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2472 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2473 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2474 { gold_unreachable(); }
2477 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2478 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2479 { gold_unreachable(); }
2482 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2483 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2484 { gold_unreachable(); }
2486 // Make an output section.
2488 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2489 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2490 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2493 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2495 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2496 // not doing relocatable linking.
2498 do_may_relax() const
2499 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2502 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2504 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2507 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2509 // Reorder tags during output.
2511 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2513 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2515 do_select_as_default_target()
2517 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2518 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2520 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2521 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2525 // The class which scans relocations.
2530 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2534 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2535 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2536 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2537 Output_section
* output_section
,
2538 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2539 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2542 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2543 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2544 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2545 Output_section
* output_section
,
2546 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2550 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2551 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2554 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2556 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&);
2559 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2560 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2563 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2564 unsigned int , Symbol
*);
2568 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2569 unsigned int r_type
);
2572 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2573 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2576 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2578 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2579 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2581 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2583 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2584 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2587 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2588 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2589 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2590 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2591 || sym
->is_undefined()
2592 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2596 possible_function_pointer_reloc(unsigned int r_type
);
2598 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2599 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2602 // The class which implements relocation.
2612 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2614 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2617 Output_section
* output_section
);
2619 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2620 // any warnings about this relocation.
2622 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2623 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2624 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2625 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2626 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2627 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2630 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2631 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2634 reloc_is_non_pic(unsigned int r_type
)
2638 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2649 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2652 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2653 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2655 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
2658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2667 // Do a TLS relocation.
2668 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2669 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2670 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2671 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2672 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2677 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2678 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2679 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2683 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2686 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2687 // is a local symbol.
2688 static tls::Tls_optimization
2689 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2691 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2692 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2693 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2695 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2697 got_plt_section() const
2699 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2700 return this->got_plt_
;
2703 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2705 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2707 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2709 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2711 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2713 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2714 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2716 // Get the PLT section.
2717 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2720 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2724 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2726 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2728 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2730 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2732 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2733 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2734 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2736 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2738 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2739 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2742 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2744 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2745 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2746 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2747 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2749 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2750 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2751 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2752 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2755 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2757 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2759 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2760 // header of the output.
2762 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2764 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2766 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2768 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2770 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2773 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2775 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2777 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2779 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2781 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2783 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2785 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2787 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2789 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2791 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2792 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2793 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2794 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2795 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2800 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2803 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2805 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool);
2807 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2809 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2810 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2811 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2812 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2814 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2815 template<int sh_type
>
2817 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2818 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2819 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2821 Output_section
* output_section
,
2822 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2823 const unsigned char* view
,
2824 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2827 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2829 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*,
2830 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*);
2832 // Functors for STL set.
2833 struct output_section_address_less_than
2836 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2837 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2840 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2841 // general Target structure.
2842 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2844 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2845 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
2846 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
2847 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
2850 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2851 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2852 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2853 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2854 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2857 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2859 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2860 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2861 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2863 Arm_input_section_map
;
2865 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2866 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2867 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2870 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2872 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2873 // The GOT PLT section.
2874 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2875 // The dynamic reloc section.
2876 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2877 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2878 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2879 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2880 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2881 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2882 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2883 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2884 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2885 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2886 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2888 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2889 // Whether we can use BLX.
2891 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2892 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2893 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2894 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2895 // Attributes section data in output.
2896 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2897 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2898 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2899 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2900 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2903 template<bool big_endian
>
2904 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2907 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2908 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2909 false, // has_make_symbol
2910 false, // has_resolve
2911 false, // has_code_fill
2912 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2914 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2915 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2916 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2917 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2918 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2919 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2920 0, // small_common_section_flags
2921 0, // large_common_section_flags
2922 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2923 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2926 // Arm relocate functions class
2929 template<bool big_endian
>
2930 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2935 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2936 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation oveflow.
2937 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2941 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2942 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2944 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2947 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2949 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2950 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2951 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2952 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2954 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2955 // instruction encoding described above.
2956 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2957 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2958 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2960 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2961 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2962 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2965 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2967 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2968 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2969 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2970 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2974 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2978 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
2981 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
2983 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2984 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2985 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
2986 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2988 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
2989 // instruction encoding described above.
2990 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2991 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
2992 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2994 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2995 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2996 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
2997 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
2998 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
3002 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
3004 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3005 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
3006 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
3007 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
3010 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
3011 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
3012 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
3013 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
3017 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
3018 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3020 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
3026 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
3027 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
3028 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
3030 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
3032 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
3035 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
3036 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
3037 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
3038 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3039 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3040 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3043 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3045 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3046 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3047 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3048 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
3054 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
3055 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3056 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3057 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3058 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3061 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
3064 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3066 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3067 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3068 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
3069 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
3070 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3073 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3074 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
3078 // Handle ARM long branches.
3079 static typename
This::Status
3080 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3081 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3082 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3083 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3085 // Handle THUMB long branches.
3086 static typename
This::Status
3087 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3088 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3089 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3090 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3093 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
3094 static inline int32_t
3095 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3097 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
3098 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
3099 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
3100 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
3101 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
3102 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
3103 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
3104 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3105 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3107 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
3108 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3111 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
3112 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
3113 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3114 static inline uint16_t
3115 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3117 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3118 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3119 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
3122 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
3123 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
3124 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3125 static inline uint16_t
3126 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3128 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3129 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3130 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
3131 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
3132 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
3133 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
3136 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
3137 static inline int32_t
3138 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3140 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
3141 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
3142 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
3143 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
3144 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
3146 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3149 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
3150 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
3151 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3152 static inline uint16_t
3153 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3155 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3156 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3157 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
3160 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
3161 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
3162 // Caller is reponsible for overflow checking.
3163 static inline uint16_t
3164 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3166 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3167 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
3168 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
3169 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
3171 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
3174 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
3175 static inline typename
This::Status
3176 abs8(unsigned char* view
,
3177 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3178 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3180 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3181 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3182 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3183 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3184 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
3185 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3186 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
3187 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3189 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
3190 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3191 return ((signed_x
< -128 || signed_x
> 255)
3192 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3193 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3196 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3197 static inline typename
This::Status
3198 thm_abs5(unsigned char* view
,
3199 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3200 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3202 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3203 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3204 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3205 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3206 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
3207 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3208 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
3209 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3211 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3212 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3213 return ((signed_x
< -32768 || signed_x
> 65535)
3214 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3215 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3218 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3219 static inline typename
This::Status
3220 abs12(unsigned char* view
,
3221 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3222 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3224 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3225 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3226 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3227 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3228 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3229 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3230 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3231 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3232 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3233 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3234 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3237 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3238 static inline typename
This::Status
3239 abs16(unsigned char* view
,
3240 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3241 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3243 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3244 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3245 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3246 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3247 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
3248 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3249 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3250 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3251 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<16>(x
)
3252 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3253 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3256 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3257 static inline typename
This::Status
3258 abs32(unsigned char* view
,
3259 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3260 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3261 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3263 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3264 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3265 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3266 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3267 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3268 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3271 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3272 static inline typename
This::Status
3273 rel32(unsigned char* view
,
3274 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3275 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3276 Arm_address address
,
3277 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3279 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3280 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3281 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3282 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3283 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3284 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3287 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3288 static typename
This::Status
3289 thm_jump19(unsigned char* view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3290 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3291 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3293 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3294 static inline typename
This::Status
3295 thm_jump6(unsigned char* view
,
3296 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3297 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3298 Arm_address address
)
3300 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3301 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3302 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3303 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3304 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3305 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3306 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3307 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3308 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3309 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3310 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3311 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3312 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3315 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3316 static inline typename
This::Status
3317 thm_jump8(unsigned char* view
,
3318 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3319 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3320 Arm_address address
)
3322 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3323 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3324 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3325 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3326 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3327 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3328 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xff00) | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1));
3329 return (utils::has_overflow
<8>(x
)
3330 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3331 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3334 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3335 static inline typename
This::Status
3336 thm_jump11(unsigned char* view
,
3337 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3338 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3339 Arm_address address
)
3341 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3342 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3343 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3344 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3345 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3346 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3347 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xf800) | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1));
3348 return (utils::has_overflow
<11>(x
)
3349 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3350 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3353 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3354 static inline typename
This::Status
3355 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3357 Arm_address address
)
3359 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3363 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3364 static inline typename
This::Status
3365 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3368 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3372 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3373 static inline typename
This::Status
3374 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3375 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3377 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3378 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3381 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3382 static inline typename
This::Status
3383 got_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3384 Arm_address got_entry
,
3385 Arm_address address
)
3387 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3388 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3391 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3392 static inline typename
This::Status
3393 prel31(unsigned char* view
,
3394 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3395 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3396 Arm_address address
,
3397 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3399 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3400 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3401 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3402 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
3403 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3404 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3405 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3406 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
3407 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3410 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3411 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3412 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3413 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3414 static inline typename
This::Status
3415 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3416 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3417 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3418 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3419 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3420 bool check_overflow
)
3422 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3423 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3424 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3425 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3426 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3427 - relative_address_base
);
3428 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3429 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3430 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3431 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3432 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3435 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3436 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3437 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3438 static inline typename
This::Status
3439 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3440 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3441 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3442 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3444 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3445 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3446 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3447 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3448 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3449 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3450 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3451 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3452 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3455 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3456 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3457 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3458 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3459 static inline typename
This::Status
3460 thm_movw(unsigned char* view
,
3461 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3462 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3463 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3464 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3465 bool check_overflow
)
3467 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3468 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3469 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3470 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3471 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3472 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3474 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3475 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3476 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3477 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3478 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3479 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3480 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3483 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3484 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3485 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3486 static inline typename
This::Status
3487 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3488 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3489 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3490 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3492 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3493 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3494 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3495 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3496 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3497 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3498 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3499 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3500 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3501 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3502 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3505 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3506 static inline typename
This::Status
3507 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3508 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3509 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3510 Arm_address address
,
3511 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3513 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3514 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3515 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3516 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3517 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3519 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3520 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3521 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3522 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3523 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3524 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3525 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3526 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3528 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3529 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3530 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3531 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3532 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3533 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3534 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3535 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3536 // Apply a sign to the added.
3539 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3540 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3541 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3542 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3543 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3544 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3546 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3547 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3548 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3549 // place is negative.
3553 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3554 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3555 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3556 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3559 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3560 static inline typename
This::Status
3561 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3562 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3563 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3564 Arm_address address
)
3566 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3567 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3568 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3569 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3570 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3571 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3572 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3573 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3575 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3576 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3577 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3578 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3581 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3582 static inline typename
This::Status
3583 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3584 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3585 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3586 Arm_address address
)
3588 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3589 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3590 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3591 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3592 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3593 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3594 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3595 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3596 // Apply a sign to the added.
3599 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3600 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3601 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3602 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3603 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3604 // place is positive.
3608 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3609 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3610 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3611 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3615 static inline typename
This::Status
3616 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3617 unsigned char* view
,
3618 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3619 const Arm_address address
,
3620 const bool is_interworking
)
3623 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3624 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3625 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3627 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3628 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3629 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3630 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3632 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3633 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3634 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3636 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3637 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3639 int32_t veneer_address
=
3640 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3641 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3642 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3643 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3644 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3645 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3649 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3650 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3651 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3653 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3654 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3657 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3658 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3659 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3660 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3661 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3662 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3663 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3664 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3665 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3666 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3667 static inline typename
This::Status
3668 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3669 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3670 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3672 Arm_address address
,
3673 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3674 bool check_overflow
)
3676 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3677 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3678 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3679 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3681 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3682 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3683 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3684 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3685 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3687 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3688 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3689 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3690 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3691 // Initial addend value.
3692 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3693 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3694 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3695 // Apply a sign to the added.
3698 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3699 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3700 // Check for overflow if required
3702 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3703 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3705 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3706 // not to destroy the S bit.
3708 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3709 // place is negative.
3710 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3711 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3714 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3715 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3718 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3719 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3720 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3721 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3722 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3723 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3724 static inline typename
This::Status
3725 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3726 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3727 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3729 Arm_address address
)
3731 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3732 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3733 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3734 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3736 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3737 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3738 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3739 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3741 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3742 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3743 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3745 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3747 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3752 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3753 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3756 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3757 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3758 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3759 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3760 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3761 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3762 static inline typename
This::Status
3763 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3764 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3765 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3767 Arm_address address
)
3769 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3770 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3771 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3772 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3774 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3775 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3776 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3777 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3779 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3780 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3781 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3783 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3785 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3788 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3790 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3791 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3794 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3795 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3796 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3797 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3798 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3799 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3800 static inline typename
This::Status
3801 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3802 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3803 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3805 Arm_address address
)
3807 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3808 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3809 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3810 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3812 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3813 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3814 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3815 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3817 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3818 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3819 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3821 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3823 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3826 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3828 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3829 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3833 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3834 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3835 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3836 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3837 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3839 template<bool big_endian
>
3840 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3841 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3842 unsigned int r_type
,
3843 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3844 unsigned char* view
,
3845 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3846 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3848 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3849 Arm_address address
,
3850 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3851 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3853 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3854 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3855 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3857 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3858 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3859 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3860 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3861 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3862 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3863 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3865 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3866 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3868 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3869 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3871 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3873 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3874 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3876 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3878 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3879 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3881 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3883 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3884 // than it being obsolete.
3885 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3886 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3891 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3892 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3893 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3894 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3895 // on the architecture.
3896 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3897 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3898 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3900 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
3901 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3902 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3903 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3905 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3906 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3907 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3910 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3911 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3912 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3914 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3916 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3917 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3919 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
3920 && (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3921 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0)
3922 && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
))))
3924 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3926 Stub_type stub_type
=
3927 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3928 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3930 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3932 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3933 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3934 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3936 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3937 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3938 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3939 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3940 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3941 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3942 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
));
3946 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3947 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3951 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3952 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3955 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3956 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3957 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3958 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3961 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3962 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3963 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3964 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3965 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3967 template<bool big_endian
>
3968 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3969 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
3970 unsigned int r_type
,
3971 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3972 unsigned char* view
,
3973 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3974 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3976 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3977 Arm_address address
,
3978 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3979 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3981 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3982 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3983 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3984 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3986 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
3988 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
3989 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
3991 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3992 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
3994 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
3995 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3997 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
3999 // This cannot be a BLX.
4001 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4003 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
4005 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
4007 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4010 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
4011 "thumb function '%s'."),
4012 object
->name().c_str(),
4013 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
4014 // Convert BLX to BL.
4015 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4021 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
4022 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
4023 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
4024 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
4025 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
4026 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
4027 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
4029 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
4030 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
4032 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
4033 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
4037 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
4038 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
4040 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4043 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4044 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4046 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
4047 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
4048 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4049 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4051 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4053 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
4055 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
4056 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
4057 && ((!thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
4058 || (thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
))
4059 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
4060 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4061 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4063 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
4065 Stub_type stub_type
=
4066 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
4067 unadjusted_branch_target
,
4070 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
4072 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
4073 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
4074 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
4076 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
4077 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
4078 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
4079 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
4080 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
4081 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4082 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4083 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4087 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4088 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4091 gold_assert(may_use_blx
4092 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
4093 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
4094 // Make sure this is a BLX.
4095 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
4099 // Make sure this is a BL.
4100 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4103 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
4104 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
4105 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
4106 // 1 of the base address.
4107 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
4108 gold_assert((branch_offset
& 3) == 0);
4110 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
4111 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
4112 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
4113 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4114 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4116 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4117 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4119 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
4122 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
4123 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
4124 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4125 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4128 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
4129 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4130 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4131 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4133 template<bool big_endian
>
4134 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
4135 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
4136 unsigned char* view
,
4137 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
4138 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
4139 Arm_address address
,
4140 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
4142 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4143 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4144 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4145 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4146 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4148 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4149 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4151 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
4152 // use this for tail calls.
4153 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
4156 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
4157 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4160 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
4161 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4162 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4164 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
4165 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4166 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4168 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
4169 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4170 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4173 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
4175 template<bool big_endian
>
4176 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
4177 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
4179 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
4181 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
4183 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
4185 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4187 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4188 this->got_
, ORDER_RELRO
, true);
4190 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
4191 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
4192 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
4194 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
4195 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4197 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4198 this->got_plt_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
4200 // The first three entries are reserved.
4201 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4203 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4204 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
4205 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4207 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
4209 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
4215 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4217 template<bool big_endian
>
4218 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4219 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
4221 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
4223 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
4224 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
4225 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
4226 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
,
4227 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS
, false);
4229 return this->rel_dyn_
;
4232 // Insn_template methods.
4234 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4237 Insn_template::size() const
4239 switch (this->type())
4242 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4253 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4256 Insn_template::alignment() const
4258 switch (this->type())
4261 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4272 // Stub_template methods.
4274 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4275 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4277 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4278 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4282 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4283 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4285 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4286 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4287 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4288 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4289 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4291 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4292 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4294 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4297 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4298 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4299 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4301 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4304 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4305 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4307 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4308 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4311 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4312 // Entry point cannot be data.
4313 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4314 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4320 offset
+= insn_size
;
4322 this->size_
= offset
;
4327 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianness.
4329 template<bool big_endian
>
4331 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4333 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4334 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4336 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4337 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4338 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4340 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4342 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4343 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4345 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4346 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4348 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4350 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4352 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4353 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4354 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4355 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4358 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4359 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4360 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4365 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4367 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4370 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4372 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4375 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4377 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4379 // Global symbol key name
4380 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4381 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4382 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4383 // to the symbol name size.
4384 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4385 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4386 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4387 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4388 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4390 return std::string(buffer
);
4394 // local symbol key name
4395 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4396 const size_t len
= 200;
4398 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4399 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4400 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4401 return std::string(buffer
);
4405 // Reloc_stub methods.
4407 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4408 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4409 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4410 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a liitle to keep the Stub
4414 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4415 unsigned int r_type
,
4416 Arm_address location
,
4417 Arm_address destination
,
4418 bool target_is_thumb
)
4420 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4422 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4423 // big and little endianities.
4425 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4428 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4430 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4431 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4432 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4433 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4434 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4435 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4439 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4440 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4441 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4442 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4443 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4444 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4447 int64_t branch_offset
;
4448 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4450 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4451 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4452 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && may_use_blx
&& !target_is_thumb
)
4453 destination
= utils::bit_select(destination
, location
, 0x2);
4454 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4456 // Handle cases where:
4457 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4459 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4460 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4462 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4463 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4465 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4466 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4467 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4468 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4469 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4471 if (target_is_thumb
)
4476 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4477 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4480 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4481 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4482 // we must be able to switch mode before
4483 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4484 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4485 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4486 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4487 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4491 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4492 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4493 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4497 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4498 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4499 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4500 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4507 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4508 // object that has interwork enabled.
4510 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4511 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4514 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4515 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4516 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4520 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4521 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4522 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4524 // Handle v4t short branches.
4525 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4526 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4527 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4528 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4532 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4533 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4534 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4536 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4537 if (target_is_thumb
)
4541 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4542 // object that has interwork enabled.
4544 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4545 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4546 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4547 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4548 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4549 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4550 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4552 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4553 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4556 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4557 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4561 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4562 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4568 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4569 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4571 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4572 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4573 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4574 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4582 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4584 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4585 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4588 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4590 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4591 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4593 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4595 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4596 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4597 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4601 // Stub_factory methods.
4603 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4605 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4606 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4608 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4609 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4610 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4612 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4613 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4614 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4617 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4619 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4621 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4622 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4623 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4624 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4627 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4628 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4630 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4631 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4632 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4633 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4634 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4635 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4636 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4637 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4640 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4642 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4644 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4645 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4646 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4647 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4648 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4649 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4652 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4654 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4656 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4657 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4658 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4659 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4660 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4663 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4664 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4665 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4667 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4668 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4669 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4672 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4673 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4674 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4676 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4677 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4678 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4679 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4682 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4683 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4684 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4686 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4688 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4689 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4690 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4691 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4692 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4695 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4696 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4698 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4699 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4700 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4701 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4702 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4705 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4706 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4708 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4709 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4710 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4711 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4712 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4713 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4716 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4718 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4720 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4721 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4722 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4723 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4724 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4725 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4726 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4727 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4730 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4732 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4734 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4735 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4736 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4737 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4738 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4739 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4740 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4743 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4745 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4746 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4753 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4755 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4756 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4757 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4761 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4763 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4765 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4768 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4770 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4773 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4774 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4775 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4776 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4778 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4781 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4782 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4783 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4785 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4786 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4787 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4790 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4791 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4792 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4794 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4795 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4797 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4801 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4802 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4803 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4804 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4812 // Stub_table methods.
4814 // Removel all Cortex-A8 stub.
4816 template<bool big_endian
>
4818 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4820 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4821 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4824 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4827 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4829 template<bool big_endian
>
4831 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4833 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4834 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4835 Output_section
* output_section
,
4836 unsigned char* view
,
4837 Arm_address address
,
4838 section_size_type view_size
)
4840 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4841 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4843 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4844 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4845 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4846 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4848 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4849 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4853 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4855 template<bool big_endian
>
4857 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4858 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4859 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4860 Output_section
* output_section
,
4861 unsigned char* view
,
4862 Arm_address address
,
4863 section_size_type view_size
)
4865 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4867 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4869 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4871 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4872 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4873 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4875 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4876 address
, view_size
);
4878 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4879 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4880 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4882 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4883 address
, view_size
);
4885 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4886 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4887 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4891 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4892 address
, view_size
);
4896 // Write out the stubs to file.
4898 template<bool big_endian
>
4900 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4902 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4903 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4904 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4905 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4907 // Write relocation stubs.
4908 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4909 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4912 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4913 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4915 == align_address(address
,
4916 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4917 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4921 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4922 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4923 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4926 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4927 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4929 == align_address(address
,
4930 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4931 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4935 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4936 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4937 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4943 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4945 == align_address(address
,
4946 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4947 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4951 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4954 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4955 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4956 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4958 template<bool big_endian
>
4960 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4962 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4963 off_t size
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4964 unsigned addralign
= this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
4966 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4967 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4970 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4971 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4972 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4973 + stub_template
->size());
4976 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4977 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4983 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4984 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4985 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4986 + stub_template
->size());
4989 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
4990 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
4991 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
4992 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
4993 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
4995 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
4997 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
5002 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
5003 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
5005 template<bool big_endian
>
5007 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
5009 off_t off
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
5010 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
5011 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
5014 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5015 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
5016 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5017 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5018 stub
->set_offset(off
);
5019 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5021 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
5022 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
5023 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5024 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
5025 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
5028 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5029 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5035 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5036 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5037 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5038 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
5039 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5042 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
5045 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
5046 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
5047 // of the address range seen by the linker.
5049 template<bool big_endian
>
5051 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
5052 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5053 unsigned char* view
,
5054 Arm_address view_address
,
5055 section_size_type view_size
)
5057 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
5058 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
5059 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
5060 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
5061 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
5064 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
5065 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
5066 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
5067 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5068 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
5070 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
5071 section_size_type offset
=
5072 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
5073 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
5075 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
5076 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
5080 // Arm_input_section methods.
5082 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
5084 template<bool big_endian
>
5086 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
5088 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
5089 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
5091 // Cache these to speed up size and alignment queries. It is too slow
5092 // to call section_addraglin and section_size every time.
5093 this->original_addralign_
=
5094 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
));
5095 this->original_size_
=
5096 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_size(shndx
));
5098 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
5099 // output sections are finalized.
5100 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
5101 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
5102 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
5103 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
5104 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
5106 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
5107 this->finalize_data_size();
5110 template<bool big_endian
>
5112 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5114 // We have to write out the original section content.
5115 section_size_type section_size
;
5116 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5117 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
5118 of
->write(this->offset(), section_contents
, section_size
);
5120 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
5121 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
5122 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
5125 // Finalize data size.
5127 template<bool big_endian
>
5129 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
5131 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5133 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5135 this->stub_table_
->finalize_data_size();
5136 off
= align_address(off
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
5137 off
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
5139 this->set_data_size(off
);
5142 // Reset address and file offset.
5144 template<bool big_endian
>
5146 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
5148 // Size of the original input section contents.
5149 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5151 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
5152 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5154 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
5156 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
5157 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
5158 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5159 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
5160 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
5163 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
5166 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
5168 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianness.
5170 template<bool big_endian
>
5172 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
5174 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5175 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
5176 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5178 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5179 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
);
5181 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
5182 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5184 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5185 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
5186 Arm_address output_offset
=
5187 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
5188 Arm_address section_start
;
5189 if (output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
5190 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
5193 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5194 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5195 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
5196 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5197 section_start
= poris
->address();
5200 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5201 Arm_address output_address
=
5202 section_start
+ this->relobj_
->section_size(this->shndx_
);
5204 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5205 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5206 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5207 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
5208 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
5209 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5210 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
5211 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5213 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5216 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5218 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5219 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5220 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5221 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5222 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5224 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5225 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5226 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5227 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5228 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5229 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5230 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5231 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5232 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5234 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5235 this->set_data_size(exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
);
5236 this->fix_data_size();
5239 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5240 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5241 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5242 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5243 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5244 // this input offset is being discarded.
5247 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5248 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5250 section_offset_type offset
,
5251 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5253 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5254 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5255 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5258 section_offset_type section_size
=
5259 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5260 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5261 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5265 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5266 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5267 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5268 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5269 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5271 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5272 // input offset is in the valid range.
5273 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5275 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5276 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5277 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5279 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5280 // Offset is present in output.
5281 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5283 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5290 // Write this to output file OF.
5293 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5295 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5297 gold_assert(this->data_size() != this->exidx_input_section_
.size()
5298 && this->data_size() != 0);
5300 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5301 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5302 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5304 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5305 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5307 // Get contents of EXIDX input section.
5308 section_size_type section_size
;
5309 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5310 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
5311 gold_assert(section_size
== this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5313 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5315 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5316 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5317 for(Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5318 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5319 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5322 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5323 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5324 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5325 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5328 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5329 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5330 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
);
5331 memcpy(oview
+ out_start
, section_contents
+ in_start
,
5333 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5335 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5338 gold_assert(convert_to_section_size_type(out_start
) == oview_size
);
5339 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5342 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5344 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5345 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5346 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5349 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5351 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5352 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5354 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5355 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5356 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5357 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5358 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5359 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5363 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5364 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5368 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5371 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5373 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5374 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5375 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5377 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5379 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5380 delete_entry
= (merge_exidx_entries_
5381 && this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5382 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5383 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5384 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5388 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5389 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5390 delete_entry
= false;
5391 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5393 return delete_entry
;
5396 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5397 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5398 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5399 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5400 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5403 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5404 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5405 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5408 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5409 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5410 section_offset_type output_offset
;
5412 output_offset
= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
;
5414 output_offset
= input_offset
- deleted_bytes
;
5415 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5418 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5419 // bytes deleted. If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly
5420 // created Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The
5421 // caller owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5423 template<bool big_endian
>
5425 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5426 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5427 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5429 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5430 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5431 section_size_type section_size
;
5432 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5433 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5435 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5437 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5438 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5439 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5440 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5441 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5445 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5446 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5447 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5449 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5451 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5453 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5454 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5456 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5458 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5459 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5460 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5461 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5462 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5463 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5464 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5465 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5466 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Othewise, y1
5468 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5469 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5471 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5475 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5478 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5480 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5481 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5483 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5484 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5485 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5487 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5488 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5489 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5490 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5492 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5493 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5494 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5495 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5498 return deleted_bytes
;
5501 // Arm_output_section methods.
5503 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5504 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5506 template<bool big_endian
>
5508 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5509 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5510 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5511 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5512 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5513 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
)
5515 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5516 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5517 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5518 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5519 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5521 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5522 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5523 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5526 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5527 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5530 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5531 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5535 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5536 // Create a new relaxed input section.
5538 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5539 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5542 // Create a stub table.
5543 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5544 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5546 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5548 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5549 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5551 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5554 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5556 // The stub table information for input sections live
5557 // in their objects.
5558 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5559 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5560 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5564 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5567 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5568 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5569 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5570 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5571 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5573 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5574 // implemented differently.
5576 template<bool big_endian
>
5578 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5579 section_size_type group_size
,
5580 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5581 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
)
5583 // We only care about sections containing code.
5584 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5587 // States for grouping.
5590 // No group is being built.
5592 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5593 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5594 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5595 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5596 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5597 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5598 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5602 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5603 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5605 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5606 section_size_type off
= 0;
5607 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5608 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5609 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5610 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5611 this->input_sections().end();
5612 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5613 this->input_sections().end();
5614 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5615 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5616 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5619 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5620 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5621 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5622 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5624 // Check to see if we should group the previously seens sections.
5630 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5631 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5632 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5634 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5636 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5637 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5638 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5643 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5644 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5645 // handled by it too.
5646 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5647 stub_table
= group_end
;
5648 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5653 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5654 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5656 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5658 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5659 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5660 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5669 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5670 // a new one. Skip any empty sections.
5671 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5672 && (p
->relobj()->section_size(p
->shndx()) != 0))
5674 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5676 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5678 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5681 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5683 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5686 off
= section_end_offset
;
5689 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5690 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5692 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5693 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5694 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5697 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5700 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5701 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5702 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5704 // Update the section offsets
5705 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5707 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5708 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5709 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5710 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5711 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5712 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5716 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5717 // order of their position in this.
5719 template<bool big_endian
>
5721 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5722 Text_section_list
* list
)
5724 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5726 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5727 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5730 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5731 // ignore any merged sections.
5732 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5733 && p
->data_size() != 0)
5734 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5739 template<bool big_endian
>
5741 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5743 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5744 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5745 bool merge_exidx_entries
)
5747 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5748 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5750 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5751 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5752 this->discard_states();
5754 // Remove all input sections.
5755 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5756 typedef std::list
<Output_section::Input_section
> Input_section_list
;
5757 Input_section_list input_sections
;
5758 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5759 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5761 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5762 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5764 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5765 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5766 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
, const Output_section::Input_section
*,
5767 Section_id_hash
> Text_to_exidx_map
;
5768 Text_to_exidx_map text_to_exidx_map
;
5769 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5770 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5773 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5774 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5775 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5776 text_to_exidx_map
[Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx())] = &(*p
);
5779 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this, merge_exidx_entries
);
5781 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5782 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5783 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5784 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5785 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5788 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5789 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5791 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5792 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5793 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5794 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5796 // If this text section has no EXIDX section or if the EXIDX section
5797 // has errors, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing to the end
5798 // of the last seen EXIDX section.
5799 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
|| exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5801 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5805 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5806 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5807 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5808 Text_to_exidx_map::const_iterator iter
= text_to_exidx_map
.find(sid
);
5809 if (iter
== text_to_exidx_map
.end())
5811 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5812 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5813 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5814 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5815 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5816 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5817 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5818 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5820 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5821 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5822 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5824 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5828 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5829 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5830 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5831 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5832 §ion_offset_map
);
5834 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5836 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5837 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5838 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5840 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5841 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5842 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5844 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5846 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5847 // section into a relaxed section.
5848 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5849 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5850 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5851 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5852 this->add_relaxed_input_section(merged_section
);
5853 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5855 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5856 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5858 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5862 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5863 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5864 const Output_section::Input_section
* pis
= iter
->second
;
5865 gold_assert(pis
->is_input_section());
5866 this->add_script_input_section(*pis
);
5869 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5872 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5873 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5875 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5876 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5877 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5880 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5881 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5883 // We discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5884 // text section has been folded by ICF. We also discard an
5885 // EXIDX section with error, the output does not matter in this
5886 // case. We do this to avoid triggering asserts.
5887 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5888 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5889 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5890 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5891 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5892 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5894 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5895 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5898 // Remove this from link. We also need to recount the
5900 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5901 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5905 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5906 // set correct entry size.
5907 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
5908 this->set_entsize(8);
5910 // Make changes permanent.
5911 this->save_states();
5912 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5915 // Link EXIDX output sections to text output sections.
5917 template<bool big_endian
>
5919 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::set_exidx_section_link()
5921 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5922 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5924 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5925 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5926 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5927 unsigned exidx_shndx
= p
->shndx();
5928 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5929 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(exidx_shndx
);
5930 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5931 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5932 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
5933 this->set_link_section(os
);
5937 // Arm_relobj methods.
5939 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
5940 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
5941 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
5942 // look up ICF information.
5944 template<bool big_endian
>
5946 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
5947 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5949 const Output_section
* os
,
5950 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5952 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
5953 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
5954 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
5955 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
5956 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
5959 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
5960 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
5963 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
5964 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
5965 // we cannot handle.
5966 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5968 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5969 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5977 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
5978 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5980 template<bool big_endian
>
5982 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
5983 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5984 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
5985 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5986 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
5988 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5989 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
5992 // Ignore empty section.
5993 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
5997 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
5998 // error will be reported in the final link.
5999 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
6002 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6003 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6004 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6006 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6008 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
6009 // The error will be reported in the final link.
6010 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
6013 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
6014 // reported in the final link.
6015 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6016 if (index
>= this->shnum())
6019 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6020 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
6021 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
6022 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
6025 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
6026 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
6027 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
6028 // for large output.
6030 template<bool big_endian
>
6032 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
6036 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6038 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6039 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6040 // We do not handle merged sections here.
6041 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6042 return poris
->address();
6045 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
6048 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
6049 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6051 template<bool big_endian
>
6053 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
6054 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6057 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6059 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
6062 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
6064 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6065 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
6071 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
6073 template<bool big_endian
>
6075 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
6076 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6079 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
6081 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
6083 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
6084 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
6085 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
6087 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
6088 // section. Issue a warning if section is marked as containing
6090 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
6092 if ((this->section_flags(shndx
) & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
6093 gold_warning(_("cannot scan executable section %u of %s for Cortex-A8 "
6094 "erratum because it has no mapping symbols."),
6095 shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6099 Arm_address output_address
=
6100 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6102 // Get the section contents.
6103 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6104 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6105 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
6107 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
6108 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
6109 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
6110 // to speed up the scanning.
6112 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6113 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6115 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
6116 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
6118 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
6119 if (p
->second
== 't')
6121 // Determine the end of this range.
6122 section_size_type span_start
=
6123 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
6124 section_size_type span_end
;
6125 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6126 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6127 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
6129 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6131 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
6132 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
6134 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
6135 span_start
, span_end
,
6145 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
6147 template<bool big_endian
>
6149 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
6150 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
6151 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6152 const Layout
* layout
)
6154 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6155 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6157 // Read the section headers.
6158 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6162 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
6163 // input offsets to output addresses.
6164 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
6166 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6168 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6169 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6170 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6171 relinfo
.object
= this;
6173 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
6174 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6175 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6177 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6178 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
6181 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6182 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
6183 Arm_address output_address
;
6184 if (output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
6185 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
6188 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
6189 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6190 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
6191 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6192 output_address
= poris
->address();
6195 // Get the relocations.
6196 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6200 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
6201 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
6202 // output view under such circumstances.
6203 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6204 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6205 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
6207 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
6208 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
6209 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6210 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6211 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6212 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6214 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6216 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
6217 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
6218 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
6220 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
6221 input_view
, output_address
,
6226 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
6227 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
6228 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
6229 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
6230 // scanning is done first.
6231 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
6233 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6234 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6236 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6237 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
6240 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
6245 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6246 // since we no longer need them.
6247 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6250 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6251 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6252 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6253 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6254 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6255 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6256 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol targer hook inside
6257 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6259 template<bool big_endian
>
6261 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6262 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6263 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6265 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6268 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6269 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6270 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6274 // Intialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6275 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6276 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6278 // Read the symbol table section header.
6279 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6280 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6281 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6282 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6284 // Read the local symbols.
6285 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6286 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6287 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6288 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6289 locsize
, true, true);
6291 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6292 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6293 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6295 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6299 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6300 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6301 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6303 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6304 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6307 const char* pnames
=
6308 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6309 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6312 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6313 // to THUMB functions.
6315 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6317 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6318 this->local_values();
6319 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6321 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6322 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6323 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6324 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6326 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6327 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6328 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6331 unsigned int input_shndx
=
6332 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6333 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6335 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6336 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6337 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6340 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6341 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6343 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6344 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6345 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6346 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6347 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6352 // Relocate sections.
6353 template<bool big_endian
>
6355 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6356 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6357 const Layout
* layout
,
6358 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6360 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6362 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6363 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
, pshdrs
,
6366 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6367 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6370 // Relocate stub tables.
6371 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6373 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6374 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6376 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6377 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6378 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6379 relinfo
.object
= this;
6381 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6383 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6384 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6386 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6387 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6388 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6390 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6391 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6392 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6394 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6395 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6396 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6397 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6399 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6401 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6403 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6404 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6405 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6406 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6408 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6409 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6410 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6411 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6413 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6417 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6418 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6420 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6421 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6422 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6423 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6425 // Adjust view to cover section.
6426 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6427 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6428 Arm_address section_address
=
6429 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6430 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6432 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6433 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6434 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6436 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6438 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6439 // corresponding to this input section.
6440 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6449 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking the the first
6450 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6451 // must be linked to to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6452 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6453 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6454 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6455 // discover the linked code section.
6457 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6458 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6459 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6462 template<bool big_endian
>
6464 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6465 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6466 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6467 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6469 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6471 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6473 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6474 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6476 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6477 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6479 // Get the relocations.
6480 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6481 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6483 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6484 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6486 Arm_address r_offset
;
6487 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6488 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6490 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6491 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6492 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6496 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6497 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6498 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6501 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6502 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6505 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6507 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6511 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6512 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6513 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6514 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6515 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6519 this->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6520 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6530 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6531 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6532 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6534 template<bool big_endian
>
6536 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6538 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6539 unsigned int text_shndx
,
6540 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
)
6542 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6543 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6544 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6545 shdr
.get_sh_addralign());
6547 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6548 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6550 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
|| text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6552 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to invalid section %u in %s"),
6553 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
, text_shndx
,
6554 this->name().c_str());
6555 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6557 else if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6559 unsigned other_exidx_shndx
=
6560 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx();
6561 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %s(%u) and %s(%u) both link to text section"
6563 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6564 this->section_name(other_exidx_shndx
).c_str(),
6565 other_exidx_shndx
, this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(),
6566 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6567 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6570 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6572 // Check section flags of text section.
6573 if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
6575 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-allocated section %s(%u) "
6577 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6578 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6579 this->name().c_str());
6580 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6582 else if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
6583 // I would like to make this an error but currenlty ld just ignores
6585 gold_warning(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-executable section "
6587 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6588 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6589 this->name().c_str());
6592 // Read the symbol information.
6594 template<bool big_endian
>
6596 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6598 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6599 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6601 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
6602 // specific flags and attributes section.
6603 Input_file::Format format
= this->input_file()->format();
6604 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
6606 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
6607 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6611 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6612 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6613 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6615 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6616 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6618 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6620 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6621 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6622 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6623 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6624 bool must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= false;
6625 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6627 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6629 // Sometimes an object has no contents except the section name string
6630 // table and an empty symbol table with the undefined symbol. We
6631 // don't want to merge processor-specific flags from such an object.
6632 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
)
6634 // Symbol table is not empty.
6635 const elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword sym_size
=
6636 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6637 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() > sym_size
)
6638 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6640 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6641 // If this is neither an empty symbol table nor a string table,
6643 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6645 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6647 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6648 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6649 section_size_type section_size
=
6650 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6651 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6652 section_size
, true, false);
6653 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6654 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6656 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6658 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6659 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6660 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6663 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6664 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6665 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6671 if (!must_merge_flags_and_attributes
)
6673 gold_assert(deferred_exidx_sections
.empty());
6674 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6678 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6679 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6680 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6682 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6683 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6684 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6685 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6686 // want to slow down the most common path.
6687 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6688 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6689 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6690 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6692 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6693 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6694 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6696 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6697 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6698 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6700 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6701 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6702 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6704 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6706 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6710 // Read the symbol table section header.
6711 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6712 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6713 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6714 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6716 // Read the local symbols.
6717 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6718 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6719 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6720 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6721 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6722 locsize
, true, true);
6724 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6725 for(unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6727 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6728 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6729 unsigned int text_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6730 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6731 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end())
6732 find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6733 psyms
, &text_shndx
);
6734 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6735 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6736 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6741 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6742 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6743 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implict
6744 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6745 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6746 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6748 template<bool big_endian
>
6750 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6752 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6754 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6755 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6757 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6758 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6759 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6762 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6763 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6764 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6768 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6769 // to these from the linked text sections.
6770 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6771 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6773 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6774 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6776 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6777 // sections from its linked text section.
6778 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6779 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6784 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6785 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6786 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6787 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6789 template<bool big_endian
>
6791 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6793 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6794 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6795 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6797 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6798 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6800 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6804 // Read the symbol table section header.
6805 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6806 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6807 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6808 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6810 // Read the local symbols.
6811 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6812 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6813 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6814 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6815 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6816 locsize
, true, true);
6818 // Loop over the local symbols.
6820 typedef typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6822 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6823 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6824 unsigned int count
= 0;
6825 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6827 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6829 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6831 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6833 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6834 if (lv
.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv
.has_output_symtab_entry())
6838 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6843 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6845 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6848 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6852 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6853 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6854 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6855 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6856 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6858 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6859 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6860 if (output_offset
== -1)
6862 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6863 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6864 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6873 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6874 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6877 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6879 // Read the symbol information.
6881 template<bool big_endian
>
6883 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6885 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6886 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6888 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6889 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6890 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6892 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6893 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6895 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6896 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6897 // the section headers.
6898 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6899 const unsigned char* ps
=
6900 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6901 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6903 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6904 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6906 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6907 section_size_type section_size
=
6908 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6909 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6910 section_size
, true, false);
6911 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6912 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6918 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
6920 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
6922 template<bool big_endian
>
6923 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
6924 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
6925 unsigned int r_type
,
6926 const unsigned char* view
,
6927 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
6929 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
6933 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
6934 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
6935 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
6937 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6938 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6939 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6940 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
6943 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
6944 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
6945 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
6947 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6948 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6949 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6950 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6951 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6954 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
6956 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6957 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6958 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6959 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6960 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6968 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
6970 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
6971 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
6972 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
6973 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
6974 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
6976 template<bool big_endian
>
6978 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6979 unsigned int got_type
,
6982 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
6985 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6987 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6988 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
6989 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6990 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6991 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6995 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
6997 template<bool big_endian
>
6999 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7000 unsigned int got_type
,
7001 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7004 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
7007 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7009 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7010 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
7011 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7012 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7013 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7017 template<bool big_endian
>
7019 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7021 // Call parent to write out GOT.
7022 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
7024 // We are done if there is no fix up.
7025 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
7028 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
7030 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7031 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7032 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7033 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7035 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
7036 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7038 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
7039 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
7040 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7041 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7043 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
7045 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
7048 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
7050 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
7051 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
7052 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
7054 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7055 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
7057 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
7058 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
7060 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
7061 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
7062 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
7064 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
7065 " object %s in GOT"),
7066 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
7070 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
7074 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
7075 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
7076 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
7077 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
7079 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7080 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
7081 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
7082 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
7083 || gsym
->is_undefined())
7084 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7086 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
7091 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7093 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
7094 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
7095 value
= sym
->value();
7101 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
7102 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
7104 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7105 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
7107 switch (reloc
.r_type())
7109 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7112 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7113 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
7118 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
7121 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7124 // A class to handle the PLT data.
7126 template<bool big_endian
>
7127 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
7130 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
7133 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
7135 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7137 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
7139 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
7140 const Reloc_section
*
7142 { return this->rel_
; }
7144 // Return the number of PLT entries.
7147 { return this->count_
; }
7149 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7151 first_plt_entry_offset()
7152 { return sizeof(first_plt_entry
); }
7154 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
7156 get_plt_entry_size()
7157 { return sizeof(plt_entry
); }
7161 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
7163 // Write to a map file.
7165 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
7166 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
7169 // Template for the first PLT entry.
7170 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
7172 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
7173 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
7175 // Set the final size.
7177 set_final_data_size()
7179 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7180 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
7183 // Write out the PLT data.
7185 do_write(Output_file
*);
7187 // The reloc section.
7188 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
7189 // The .got.plt section.
7190 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
7191 // The number of PLT entries.
7192 unsigned int count_
;
7195 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
7196 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
7197 // section just for PLT entries.
7199 template<bool big_endian
>
7200 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
7201 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
7202 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
7204 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
7205 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7206 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
,
7207 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
7210 template<bool big_endian
>
7212 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
7217 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7219 template<bool big_endian
>
7221 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
7223 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
7225 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
7226 // reserved PLT entry.
7227 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
7228 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
7232 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
7234 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
7235 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
7236 // lazily when the function is called).
7237 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
7239 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
7240 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
7241 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
7244 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
7245 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
7246 // appear in the relocations.
7250 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
7251 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
7252 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
7254 // The first entry in the PLT.
7255 template<bool big_endian
>
7256 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
7258 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
7259 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
7260 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
7261 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
7262 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
7265 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
7267 template<bool big_endian
>
7268 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
7270 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
7271 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
7272 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
7275 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
7276 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
7277 // Processor Supplement.
7279 template<bool big_endian
>
7281 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7283 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7284 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7285 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7286 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7288 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
7289 const section_size_type got_size
=
7290 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
7291 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
7293 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
7295 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
7296 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
7298 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
7299 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7300 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
7301 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
7302 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
7303 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
7304 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
7305 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
7306 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7308 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
7310 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
7313 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
7314 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7315 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
7316 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
7317 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
7318 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
7321 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7323 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7324 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
7327 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7328 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
7329 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
7331 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
7332 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
7333 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
7334 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
7335 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
7336 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
7337 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
7339 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7340 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7343 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7344 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7346 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7347 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7350 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7352 template<bool big_endian
>
7354 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7357 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7360 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7362 // Create the GOT sections first.
7363 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7365 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7366 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7368 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7369 this->plt_
, ORDER_PLT
, false);
7371 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7374 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
7376 template<bool big_endian
>
7378 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_count() const
7380 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7382 return this->plt_
->entry_count();
7385 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7387 template<bool big_endian
>
7389 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
7391 return Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset();
7394 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
7396 template<bool big_endian
>
7398 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_size() const
7400 return Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::get_plt_entry_size();
7403 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7405 template<bool big_endian
>
7406 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7407 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7409 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7412 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7414 template<bool big_endian
>
7416 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7417 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7420 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7423 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7424 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7426 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7427 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7428 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7432 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7434 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7435 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7438 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7441 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7443 template<bool big_endian
>
7445 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7446 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7448 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7450 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7452 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7453 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7454 unsigned int got_offset
;
7455 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7457 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7458 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7459 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7464 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7466 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7469 got
->add_constant(0);
7470 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7472 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7475 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7476 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7477 // known at link time.
7479 template<bool big_endian
>
7480 tls::Tls_optimization
7481 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7483 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7484 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7487 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7489 template<bool big_endian
>
7491 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7492 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7493 unsigned int r_type
)
7495 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7496 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7499 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7500 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7501 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7502 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7503 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7504 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7505 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7507 template<bool big_endian
>
7509 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7510 unsigned int r_type
)
7514 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7515 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7516 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7517 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7518 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7519 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7520 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7521 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7522 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7524 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7525 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7526 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7531 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7532 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7533 // error per object file.
7534 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7536 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7537 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7538 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7539 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7540 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7541 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7542 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7546 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7551 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7552 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7553 // on ARM v5te devices.
7555 template<bool big_endian
>
7557 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7560 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7561 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7562 Output_section
* output_section
,
7563 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7564 unsigned int r_type
,
7565 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
)
7567 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7570 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7571 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7572 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7573 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7576 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7577 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7578 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7579 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7580 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7581 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7582 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7583 // relocate it easily.
7584 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7586 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7587 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7588 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7589 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7590 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7591 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7592 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7596 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7597 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7598 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7604 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7605 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7606 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7607 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7608 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7609 // relocation statically.
7610 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7612 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7613 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7614 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7615 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7616 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7617 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7620 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7621 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7623 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7626 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7629 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7630 r_type
, output_section
,
7631 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7649 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7652 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7653 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7655 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7659 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7662 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7670 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7675 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7676 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7690 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7695 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7696 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7697 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7702 // We need a GOT section:
7703 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7709 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7710 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7711 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7712 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7713 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7715 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7716 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7717 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7719 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7720 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7721 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
7722 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7723 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7729 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7730 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7731 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7733 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7736 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7737 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7738 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7739 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7740 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7744 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7746 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7747 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7748 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7752 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
7753 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7754 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
7758 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7759 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7761 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7762 // dtv-relative offset.
7763 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7764 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7765 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7766 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7768 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
7771 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7776 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7777 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
7779 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7780 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, 0);
7782 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7786 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7790 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7791 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7793 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7794 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7797 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7801 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7804 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7805 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7806 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7808 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7809 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7810 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7811 unsigned int r_sym
=
7812 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7813 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7814 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7815 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7816 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7817 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
7818 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7820 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7821 unsigned int got_offset
=
7822 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7823 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7824 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
7829 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7834 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7835 if (output_is_shared
)
7837 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7838 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
7839 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7840 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7841 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7842 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7843 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7854 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
7859 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
7861 template<bool big_endian
>
7863 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
7864 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7865 unsigned int r_type
,
7868 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
7869 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
7872 template<bool big_endian
>
7874 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
7875 unsigned int r_type
)
7879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7880 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7882 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7883 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7886 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7887 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7888 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7889 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7890 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7891 // All the relocations above are branches except SBREL31 and PREL31.
7895 // Be conservative and assume this is a function pointer.
7900 template<bool big_endian
>
7902 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
7905 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
7906 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
7909 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
7910 unsigned int r_type
,
7911 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
7913 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7914 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
7917 template<bool big_endian
>
7919 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
7922 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
7923 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
7926 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
7927 unsigned int r_type
,
7930 // GOT is not a function.
7931 if (strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7934 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7935 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
7938 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
7940 template<bool big_endian
>
7942 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7945 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7946 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7947 Output_section
* output_section
,
7948 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7949 unsigned int r_type
,
7952 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
7953 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
7954 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
7955 if (!target
->has_got_section()
7956 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7957 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7959 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7962 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7964 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7965 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7968 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7969 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7970 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7971 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7972 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7973 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7974 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7975 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7976 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7977 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7978 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7979 // Absolute addressing relocations.
7981 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
7982 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
7984 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7985 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
7986 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
7987 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
7989 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
7990 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
7992 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7993 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
))
7995 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
7997 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7998 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8000 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
8001 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
8002 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
8004 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8005 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
8006 output_section
, object
,
8007 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8011 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8012 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8013 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8014 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8021 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
8022 // We need a GOT section.
8023 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8026 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8027 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8028 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
8029 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8030 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8031 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
8032 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
8033 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
8034 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8035 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8036 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8037 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8038 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8039 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8040 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
8041 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8042 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8043 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8044 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8045 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8047 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8048 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8049 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8050 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8051 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8052 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8053 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8054 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8055 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8057 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8058 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8059 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8060 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8061 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8067 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8072 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8073 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8074 // Relative addressing relocations.
8076 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8077 int flags
= Symbol::NON_PIC_REF
;
8078 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags
))
8080 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
8082 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8083 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8087 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8088 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8089 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8090 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8096 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8097 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8098 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8099 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8100 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8101 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8102 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8103 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8104 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8105 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8106 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8107 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8108 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
8109 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
8110 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
8111 // call the personality routine and the dyanmic linkers we care about
8112 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
8113 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
8114 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
8115 // a local section symbol.
8117 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
8118 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
8119 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8121 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
8122 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
8124 if (gsym
->is_defined()
8125 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8126 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
8128 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8131 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8132 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
8133 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8135 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
8136 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
8137 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8138 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8139 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
8142 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
8143 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
8144 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8145 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8146 || gsym
->is_undefined()
8147 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
8148 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
8149 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
8152 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
8153 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
8154 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
8155 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8161 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8162 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8163 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
8165 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
8166 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
8167 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
8168 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
8169 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8170 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8171 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8172 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
8175 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8177 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8178 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8179 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8180 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8181 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8183 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
8184 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8185 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8188 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8189 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8191 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
8192 // dtv-relative offset.
8193 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8194 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8195 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8196 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
8197 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8198 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
8199 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
8201 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
8204 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8208 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8209 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8211 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8212 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
8215 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8219 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8222 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8223 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8224 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8226 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8227 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8228 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8229 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8230 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
8231 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8232 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
8233 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
8235 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8236 unsigned int got_offset
=
8237 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8238 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
8239 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
8243 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8247 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8248 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8249 if (parameters
->options().shared())
8251 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8252 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8253 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
8254 output_section
, object
,
8255 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8266 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
8271 // Process relocations for gc.
8273 template<bool big_endian
>
8275 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8277 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8278 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8280 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8282 Output_section
* output_section
,
8283 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8284 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8285 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8287 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
8288 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8290 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
,
8291 typename
Target_arm::Relocatable_size_for_reloc
>(
8300 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8305 // Scan relocations for a section.
8307 template<bool big_endian
>
8309 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8311 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8312 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8313 unsigned int sh_type
,
8314 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8316 Output_section
* output_section
,
8317 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8318 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8319 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8321 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8322 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
8324 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
8325 object
->name().c_str());
8329 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
8338 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8343 // Finalize the sections.
8345 template<bool big_endian
>
8347 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
8349 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
8350 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
8352 bool merged_any_attributes
= false;
8353 // Merge processor-specific flags.
8354 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
8355 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
8358 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
8359 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
8360 if (arm_relobj
->merge_flags_and_attributes())
8362 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8364 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8365 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
8366 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
8367 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8371 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
8372 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
8375 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
8376 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
8377 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8379 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8380 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
8381 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
8382 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8385 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
8386 // at this moment. This happens if there is no attributes sections in all
8388 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
8389 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
8392 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
8393 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
8394 if (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
)
8395 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
8397 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
8398 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
8399 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
8402 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
8403 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
8405 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
8406 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
8407 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
8408 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
8409 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
8410 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
8413 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
8414 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8415 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8416 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8417 && !this->may_use_blx())
8418 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8419 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8421 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8422 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8424 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8425 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
8426 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8428 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8430 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8431 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
8433 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8434 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8436 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8438 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8439 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8441 // Create __exidx_start and __exdix_end symbols.
8442 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8443 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8444 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8445 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
8447 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8448 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8449 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8450 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
8453 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8454 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8455 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8457 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0,
8460 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8461 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8462 exidx_segment
->add_output_section_to_nonload(exidx_section
,
8468 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8469 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8470 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8471 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8473 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8474 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8475 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8476 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8481 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if we have merged any attributes
8483 if (merged_any_attributes
)
8485 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8486 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8487 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8488 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8489 attributes_section
, ORDER_INVALID
,
8493 // Fix up links in section EXIDX headers.
8494 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
8495 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
8497 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8499 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* os
=
8500 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
8501 os
->set_exidx_section_link();
8505 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8506 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8507 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8508 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8509 // apply the static relocation.
8511 template<bool big_endian
>
8513 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8514 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8517 Output_section
* output_section
)
8519 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8520 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8522 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8525 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8526 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8527 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8528 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8530 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8531 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8534 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8535 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8536 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8538 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8539 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8540 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8541 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8542 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8545 // Perform a relocation.
8547 template<bool big_endian
>
8549 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8550 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8552 Output_section
* output_section
,
8554 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8555 unsigned int r_type
,
8556 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8557 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8558 unsigned char* view
,
8559 Arm_address address
,
8560 section_size_type view_size
)
8562 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8564 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8565 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8566 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8567 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8569 std::string reloc_name
=
8570 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8571 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8572 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8573 reloc_name
.c_str());
8577 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8578 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8580 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8581 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8582 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8583 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8584 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8585 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8586 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8588 // If the relocation uses the GOT entry of a symbol instead of the symbol
8589 // itself, we don't care about whether the symbol is defined or what kind
8591 if (reloc_property
->uses_got_entry())
8593 // Get the GOT offset.
8594 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8595 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8596 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8597 // TODO: We should move GOT offset computing code in TLS relocations
8601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8605 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8606 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8607 - target
->got_size());
8611 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8612 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
8613 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8614 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8615 - target
->got_size());
8617 have_got_offset
= true;
8624 else if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8628 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8629 // final target is THUMB.
8630 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
8632 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8633 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8634 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8637 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8639 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8640 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8641 // be converted into an NOP.
8642 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8644 else if (gsym
->is_undefined() && reloc_property
->uses_symbol())
8646 // This relocation uses the symbol value but the symbol is
8647 // undefined. Exit early and have the caller reporting an
8653 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8654 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8655 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8657 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8658 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8659 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8660 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8667 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8668 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8669 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8670 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8671 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8676 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8677 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8678 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8679 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8682 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8684 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8685 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8687 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8688 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8689 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8693 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8695 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8697 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8698 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8699 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8700 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8702 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8703 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8704 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8705 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8706 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8707 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8709 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8710 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8711 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8712 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8714 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8715 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8716 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8719 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8720 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8721 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
8723 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
8724 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8725 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8726 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
8727 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
8729 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
8730 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
8732 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
8733 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8735 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
8736 relative_address_base
= address
;
8738 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
8739 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
8745 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
8746 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
8747 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
8750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8754 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8756 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
8759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8760 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8762 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
8765 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8766 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8768 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
8771 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8772 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8774 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8778 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8779 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8781 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
8782 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8786 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8787 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8789 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8794 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8795 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8797 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
8800 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8801 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8803 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8804 0, thumb_bit
, false);
8807 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8808 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8810 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
8814 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8818 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8819 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
8823 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8824 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8826 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8827 relative_address_base
);
8830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8831 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8832 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8834 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8835 relative_address_base
,
8836 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8839 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8840 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8842 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8843 relative_address_base
);
8846 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8847 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8848 address
, thumb_bit
);
8851 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8852 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8854 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
8857 // Thumb long branches.
8858 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8859 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
8860 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8862 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
8863 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8864 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8867 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8869 Arm_address got_origin
;
8870 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8871 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8872 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
8876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8877 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
8879 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
8882 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8884 if (!should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8888 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
8892 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8893 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8894 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
8897 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8898 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8899 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
8900 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
8901 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
8902 Arm_address got_origin
;
8903 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8904 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
8905 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
8909 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8910 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8911 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8912 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
8913 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
8914 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
8915 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
8916 || (gsym
->is_defined()
8917 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8918 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
8920 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
8921 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8922 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8925 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8927 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8931 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8933 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8936 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8938 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8941 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8943 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8946 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8947 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
8948 address
, thumb_bit
);
8951 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8952 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
8954 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
8955 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
8957 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
8958 is_v4bx_interworking
);
8962 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8964 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8967 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8969 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8972 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8974 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8978 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8979 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8980 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8981 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8982 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8983 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8984 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8985 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8986 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8987 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8989 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
8990 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8991 relative_address_base
,
8992 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8995 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8996 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8997 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8998 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8999 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9000 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9002 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
9003 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9004 relative_address_base
);
9007 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9008 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9009 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9010 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9011 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9012 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9014 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
9015 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9016 relative_address_base
);
9019 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9021 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9022 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9023 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9024 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9026 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
9027 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9028 relative_address_base
);
9031 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
9033 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9034 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9035 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9036 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9037 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9039 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
9040 view
, address
, view_size
);
9047 // Report any errors.
9048 switch (reloc_status
)
9050 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
9052 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9053 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9054 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9055 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9057 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9058 gold_error_at_location(
9062 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9063 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9072 // Perform a TLS relocation.
9074 template<bool big_endian
>
9075 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
9076 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
9077 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9078 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
9080 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
9081 unsigned int r_type
,
9082 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9083 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9084 unsigned char* view
,
9085 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
9086 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
9088 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
9089 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
9090 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
9092 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
9094 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
9096 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
9097 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
9098 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
9099 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9100 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
9103 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9105 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
9106 unsigned int got_offset
;
9109 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9110 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
9114 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9115 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9116 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
9117 - target
->got_size());
9119 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9121 Arm_address got_entry
=
9122 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9124 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9126 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9127 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9132 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9133 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9135 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9136 // the module index.
9137 unsigned int got_offset
;
9138 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
9139 - target
->got_size());
9140 Arm_address got_entry
=
9141 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9143 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9145 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9146 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9150 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9151 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
);
9152 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9154 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9155 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9157 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9158 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
9159 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
9160 unsigned int got_offset
;
9163 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9164 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
9168 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9169 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9170 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
9173 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
9174 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
9176 Arm_address got_entry
=
9177 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9179 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
9180 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9181 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9185 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9186 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
9187 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
9188 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
9190 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
9192 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
9193 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
9194 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
9195 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
9196 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
9199 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9205 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9206 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
9208 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
9211 // Relocate section data.
9213 template<bool big_endian
>
9215 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
9216 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9217 unsigned int sh_type
,
9218 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9220 Output_section
* output_section
,
9221 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9222 unsigned char* view
,
9223 Arm_address address
,
9224 section_size_type view_size
,
9225 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
9227 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
9228 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9230 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
9231 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
9232 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
9234 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
9235 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
9236 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9239 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
9240 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
9242 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
9243 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
9244 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
9246 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
9249 view_size
= section_size
;
9253 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9260 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9264 reloc_symbol_changes
);
9267 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
9270 template<bool big_endian
>
9272 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
9273 unsigned int r_type
,
9276 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
9277 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9278 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9283 std::string reloc_name
=
9284 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
9285 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
9286 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
9291 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
9293 template<bool big_endian
>
9295 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
9296 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9298 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
9299 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9300 unsigned int sh_type
,
9301 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9303 Output_section
* output_section
,
9304 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9305 size_t local_symbol_count
,
9306 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
9307 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
9309 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9311 typedef Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
<big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9312 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
9314 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9315 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
9323 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9329 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
9331 template<bool big_endian
>
9333 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
9334 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9335 unsigned int sh_type
,
9336 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9338 Output_section
* output_section
,
9339 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
9340 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
9341 unsigned char* view
,
9342 Arm_address view_address
,
9343 section_size_type view_size
,
9344 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
9345 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
9347 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9349 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
9354 offset_in_output_section
,
9363 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
9364 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
9366 template<bool big_endian
>
9368 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_special_relocatable(
9369 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9370 unsigned int sh_type
,
9371 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
9373 Output_section
* output_section
,
9374 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
9375 unsigned char* view
,
9376 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
9378 unsigned char* preloc_out
)
9380 // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
9381 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9383 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
9384 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc_write
9386 const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(0) - 1;
9388 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
9389 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9390 const unsigned int local_count
= object
->local_symbol_count();
9392 Reltype
reloc(preloc_in
);
9393 Reltype_write
reloc_write(preloc_out
);
9395 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
9396 const unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
9397 const unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
9399 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9400 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9401 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
9403 // Get the new symbol index.
9404 // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
9405 gold_assert(r_sym
< local_count
);
9407 // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find
9408 // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
9409 // the output section corresponding to input section
9410 // in which this symbol is defined.
9412 unsigned int shndx
= object
->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym
, &is_ordinary
);
9413 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
9414 Output_section
* os
= object
->output_section(shndx
);
9415 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
9416 gold_assert(os
->needs_symtab_index());
9417 unsigned int new_symndx
= os
->symtab_index();
9419 // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
9420 // this relocation should be applied.
9422 Arm_address offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
9423 Arm_address new_offset
;
9424 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9425 new_offset
= offset
+ offset_in_output_section
;
9428 section_offset_type sot_offset
=
9429 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, Arm_address
>(offset
);
9430 section_offset_type new_sot_offset
=
9431 output_section
->output_offset(object
, relinfo
->data_shndx
,
9433 gold_assert(new_sot_offset
!= -1);
9434 new_offset
= new_sot_offset
;
9437 // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
9438 // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
9439 // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
9440 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
9442 new_offset
+= view_address
;
9443 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9444 new_offset
-= offset_in_output_section
;
9447 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(new_offset
);
9448 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(new_symndx
, r_type
));
9450 // Handle the reloc addend.
9451 // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
9452 // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
9453 // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in
9454 // the input section. We need the relocation in the output
9455 // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to
9456 // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
9457 // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
9459 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
= object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
9461 // Handle THUMB bit.
9462 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9463 Arm_address thumb_bit
=
9464 object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
9466 && arp
->uses_thumb_bit()
9467 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9469 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9470 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9471 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9475 unsigned char* paddend
= view
+ offset
;
9476 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status reloc_status
=
9477 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
;
9480 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
9481 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs8(paddend
, object
,
9485 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
9486 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs12(paddend
, object
,
9490 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
9491 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs16(paddend
, object
,
9495 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
9496 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_abs5(paddend
,
9501 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9502 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9503 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9504 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
9505 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::movw(
9506 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9509 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9510 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9511 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9512 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
9513 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_movw(
9514 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9517 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9518 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9519 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9521 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
9522 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9526 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9527 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9528 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9529 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
9531 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
9532 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9536 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9538 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(paddend
, object
,
9539 psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
);
9542 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9544 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump6(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9548 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9550 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9554 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9556 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9560 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9562 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::prel31(paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0,
9566 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9568 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9572 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9574 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc12(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9578 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9580 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_alu11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9584 // These relocation truncate relocation results so we cannot handle them
9585 // in a relocatable link.
9586 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
9587 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
9588 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
9589 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
9590 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
9591 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
9592 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9593 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9595 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9596 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9597 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9598 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9604 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9605 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9606 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9613 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9620 gold_error(_("cannot handle %s in a relocatable link"),
9621 arp
->name().c_str());
9628 // Report any errors.
9629 switch (reloc_status
)
9631 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
:
9633 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9634 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9635 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9636 arp
->name().c_str());
9638 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9639 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9640 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9641 arp
->name().c_str());
9648 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
9649 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
9650 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
9651 // processor specific ABI supplement.
9653 template<bool big_endian
>
9655 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
9657 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
9658 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
9661 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
9663 template<bool big_endian
>
9665 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
)
9669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
9670 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
9671 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
9673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
9674 // This can be any reloc type but ususally is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
9675 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
9682 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
9684 template<bool big_endian
>
9686 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
9687 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
9688 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
9690 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
9691 // so allow mixing them.
9692 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
|| v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9693 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
9694 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
9700 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
9701 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
9702 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
9703 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9705 template<bool big_endian
>
9707 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
9708 const std::string
& name
,
9709 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
9711 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
9713 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
9715 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
9716 if (flags
== out_flags
)
9719 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
9720 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
9721 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
9722 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
)
9723 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9724 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
9725 "EABI version %d."),
9727 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
9728 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
9732 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
9733 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
9734 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
9735 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
9736 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
9737 // to the default values.
9741 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
9742 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
9743 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
9747 // Adjust ELF file header.
9748 template<bool big_endian
>
9750 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
9751 unsigned char* view
,
9754 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
9756 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
9757 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
9758 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
9760 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9761 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9762 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
9764 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
9765 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
9767 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9769 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
9770 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
9773 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9774 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
9775 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
9776 // ELF object creation.
9778 template<bool big_endian
>
9780 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
9781 const std::string
& name
,
9782 Input_file
* input_file
,
9783 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
9785 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
9786 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
9788 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
9789 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9793 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
9795 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
9796 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9802 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
9808 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
9809 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
9810 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9812 template<bool big_endian
>
9814 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9815 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9817 const Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
9818 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9820 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9821 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9822 const std::string
& sv
=
9823 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
9825 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
9826 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
9827 return sv
.data()[1];
9829 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
9833 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
9834 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
9835 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9837 template<bool big_endian
>
9839 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
9840 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
9843 Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
9844 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9848 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
9852 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9853 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9855 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
9856 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
9860 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
9863 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
9865 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9867 template<bool big_endian
>
9869 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
9872 int* secondary_compat_out
,
9874 int secondary_compat
)
9876 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
9877 static const int v6t2
[] =
9889 static const int v6k
[] =
9902 static const int v7
[] =
9916 static const int v6_m
[] =
9931 static const int v6s_m
[] =
9947 static const int v7e_m
[] =
9964 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
9980 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
9982 static const int* comb
[] =
9990 // Pseudo-architecture.
9994 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
9996 if (oldtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
9998 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
10002 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
10004 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
10005 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
10006 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10008 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
10011 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
10012 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
10013 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10015 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
10016 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
10017 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
10020 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
10021 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
10023 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
10024 // as the canonical version.
10025 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
10028 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
10031 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
10035 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
10036 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
10044 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
10046 template<bool big_endian
>
10048 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
10050 static const char* aeabi_enum_names
[] =
10051 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
10052 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
10053 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
10055 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
10056 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
10060 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
10061 return std::string(buffer
);
10065 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
10067 template<bool big_endian
>
10069 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
10071 static const char* name_table
[] = {
10072 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
10073 // that from the architecture version alone.
10089 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
10091 if (value
< name_table_size
)
10092 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
10096 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
10097 return std::string(buffer
);
10101 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
10102 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
10104 template<bool big_endian
>
10106 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
10108 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
10110 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
10114 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
10115 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
10116 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
10118 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
10119 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10120 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10122 // We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
10123 // the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
10124 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value() != 0)
10126 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0
10127 && out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value()
10128 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10130 gold_error(_("%s has both the current and legacy "
10131 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10135 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] =
10136 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
];
10137 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_type(0);
10138 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_int_value(0);
10144 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10145 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10146 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10148 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
10149 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
10150 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
10152 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
10153 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
10154 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
10155 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
10156 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0
10157 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10158 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
10162 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
10164 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
10167 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
10168 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
10169 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
10172 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
10173 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
10174 // Use the first value seen.
10177 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
10179 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
10180 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
10181 int secondary_compat
=
10182 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
10183 int secondary_compat_out
=
10184 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10185 this->attributes_section_data_
);
10186 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
10187 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10188 &secondary_compat_out
,
10189 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10190 secondary_compat
));
10191 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
10192 secondary_compat_out
);
10194 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
10195 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
10196 ; // Leave the names alone.
10197 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10199 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
10200 // input architecture. Use the input names.
10201 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
10202 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
10203 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
10204 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
10208 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
10209 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
10212 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
10213 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
10214 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
10216 const std::string cpu_name
=
10217 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10218 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
10219 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
10220 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
10221 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
10226 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
10227 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
10228 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
10229 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
10230 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
10231 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
10232 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
10233 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
10234 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
10235 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
10236 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
10237 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
10238 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
10239 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
10240 // Use the largest value specified.
10241 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10242 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10245 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
10246 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
10247 // Use the smallest value specified.
10248 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10249 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10252 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
10253 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
10254 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
10255 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
10258 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
10259 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
10261 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
10265 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
10266 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
10268 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
10269 // 2 = weak requirement.
10270 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
10272 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
10273 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
10274 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
10275 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10276 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10277 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10278 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
10279 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
10280 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10284 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
10285 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10287 // 0 will merge with anything.
10288 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
10289 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
10290 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
10291 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10292 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10293 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10294 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10295 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10296 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10297 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10298 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10299 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10301 else if (parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10304 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
10305 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
10306 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
10310 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
10312 static const struct
10316 } vfp_versions
[7] =
10327 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
10329 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
10330 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10332 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
10335 // The output uses the superset of input features
10336 // (ISA version) and registers.
10337 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
10338 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
10339 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
10340 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
10341 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
10344 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
10346 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
10347 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
10350 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
10353 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
10354 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
10355 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10356 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10357 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10358 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10360 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
10362 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
10365 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
10366 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10367 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10368 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10369 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10371 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
10373 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10374 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10376 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
10377 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
10378 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10379 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
10380 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10381 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10382 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10384 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
10388 // Use the smallest value specified.
10389 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10390 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10392 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
10393 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10394 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10395 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10396 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10397 && parameters
->options().wchar_size_warning())
10399 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
10400 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
10401 "across objects may fail"),
10402 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10403 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10405 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10406 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10408 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
10409 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
10411 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
10412 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
10414 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
10415 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
10416 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10418 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
10419 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10420 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10421 && parameters
->options().enum_size_warning())
10423 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
10424 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
10425 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
10426 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
10429 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
10430 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
10434 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
10437 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
10438 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10439 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10441 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
10446 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
10447 // Merged in target-independent code.
10449 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
10450 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
10451 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
10452 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
10453 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
10454 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10455 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10457 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
10458 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10460 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10461 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10462 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
10465 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10466 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10469 case elfcpp::Tag_DIV_use
:
10470 // This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
10471 // mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
10472 // SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
10473 // CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
10474 // is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
10475 // the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
10476 // attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
10477 // value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
10479 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10481 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10483 gold_error(_("DIV usage mismatch between %s and output"),
10488 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10489 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10493 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
:
10494 // We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
10495 // move the value to Tag_MPextension_use.
10496 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10497 && in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0)
10499 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value()
10500 != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10502 gold_error(_("%s has has both the current and legacy "
10503 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10508 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10509 > out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10510 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] = in_attr
[i
];
10514 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
10515 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
10516 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
10517 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
10520 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
10521 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
10523 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
10524 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
10525 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
10526 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
10527 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10532 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10534 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
10535 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
10536 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10537 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10538 err_object
= "output";
10539 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10540 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10543 if (err_object
!= NULL
10544 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10546 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
10547 if ((i
& 127) < 64)
10548 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
10552 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10556 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10557 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
10559 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
10560 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10565 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
10566 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
10567 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
10570 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
10571 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
10573 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
10574 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
10575 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10576 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
10577 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
10578 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10579 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
10581 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10582 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
10584 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10587 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
10588 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
10589 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10590 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
10591 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
10593 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
10594 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
10595 err_object
= "output";
10596 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10597 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10598 delete out_iter
->second
;
10599 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10600 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10602 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10603 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10604 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
10606 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
10607 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
10609 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
10612 else // The tags are equal.
10614 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
10615 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
10616 err_object
= "output";
10617 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10619 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10620 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
10622 // No match. Delete the attribute.
10623 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10624 delete out_iter
->second
;
10625 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10626 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10630 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
10636 if (err_object
&& parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10638 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
10639 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
10641 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
10642 err_object
, err_tag
);
10646 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10647 err_object
, err_tag
);
10653 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
10655 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
10657 template<bool big_endian
>
10658 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10659 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
10661 unsigned int shndx
)
10663 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10665 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
10666 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
10667 arm_input_section
->init();
10669 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
10670 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
10671 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
10673 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
10674 // for this input section already.
10675 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
10677 return arm_input_section
;
10680 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
10681 // section of RELOBJ.
10683 template<bool big_endian
>
10684 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10685 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
10687 unsigned int shndx
) const
10689 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10690 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
10691 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
10692 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
10695 // Make a new stub table.
10697 template<bool big_endian
>
10698 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
10699 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
10701 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10702 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
10703 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
10705 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
10706 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
10707 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
10712 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
10714 template<bool big_endian
>
10716 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
10717 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10718 unsigned int r_type
,
10719 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
10720 unsigned int r_sym
,
10721 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
10722 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
10723 Arm_address address
)
10725 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
10727 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10728 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10730 bool target_is_thumb
;
10731 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10734 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
10735 // final target is THUMB.
10736 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Relocate::reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
10738 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
10739 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
10740 + gsym
->plt_offset());
10742 target_is_thumb
= false;
10744 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
10745 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
10750 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
10751 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
10752 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
10753 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
10758 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
10759 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
10762 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
10763 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
10764 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
10765 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
10766 if (target_is_thumb
10767 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
10768 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
10770 Arm_address stripped_value
=
10771 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
10772 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
10776 // Get the symbol value.
10777 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
10779 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
10780 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
10781 Arm_address destination
;
10784 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
10785 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
10786 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
10788 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
10790 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
10791 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
10792 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
10793 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
10795 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
10798 gold_unreachable();
10801 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
10802 Stub_type stub_type
=
10803 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
10805 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
10807 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
10808 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10809 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10810 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10812 // Locate stub by destination.
10813 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
10815 // Create a stub if there is not one already
10816 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
10819 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
10820 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
10821 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
10824 // Record the destination address.
10825 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
10826 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10829 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
10830 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
10831 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
10832 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
10833 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10834 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10835 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
10837 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
10838 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
10839 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
10840 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
10841 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
10842 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10846 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
10847 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
10848 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
10849 // specific part of a relocation.
10851 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
10852 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
10854 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
10855 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
10856 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
10857 // mapped to output offsets.
10859 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
10860 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
10861 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
10862 // the output section.
10864 template<bool big_endian
>
10865 template<int sh_type
>
10867 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
10868 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10869 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10870 size_t reloc_count
,
10871 Output_section
* output_section
,
10872 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10873 const unsigned char* view
,
10874 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
10877 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
10878 const int reloc_size
=
10879 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
10881 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
10882 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10883 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
10885 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
10887 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
10889 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
10891 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
10892 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
10893 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
10895 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
10897 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
10898 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
10899 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
10900 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
10901 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
10902 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10903 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
10904 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
10905 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
10908 section_offset_type offset
=
10909 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
10911 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
10913 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
10914 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
10920 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
10921 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
10923 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
)
10925 // Get the BX instruction.
10926 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10927 const Valtype
* wv
=
10928 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
10929 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
10930 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10931 const uint32_t reg
= (insn
& 0xf);
10935 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
10936 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10937 arm_object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10938 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10940 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
10942 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
10943 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
10944 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
10945 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
10946 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
10954 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
10955 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
10956 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
10958 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
10960 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10961 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
10962 bool is_defined_in_discarded_section
;
10963 unsigned int shndx
;
10964 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
10967 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
10969 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
10970 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
10971 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
10972 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
10973 // correspond to a section we are folding.
10975 shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
10976 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
10978 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
10979 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
10980 && !relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
));
10982 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this local
10984 if (!is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
10986 typedef Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
> ObjType
;
10987 typename
ObjType::Compute_final_local_value_status status
=
10988 arm_object
->compute_final_local_value(r_sym
, psymval
, &symval
,
10990 if (status
== ObjType::CFLV_OK
)
10992 // Currently we cannot handle a branch to a target in
10993 // a merged section. If this is the case, issue an error
10994 // and also free the merge symbol value.
10995 if (!symval
.has_output_value())
10997 const std::string
& section_name
=
10998 arm_object
->section_name(shndx
);
10999 arm_object
->error(_("cannot handle branch to local %u "
11000 "in a merged section %s"),
11001 r_sym
, section_name
.c_str());
11007 // We cannot determine the final value.
11014 const Symbol
* gsym
;
11015 gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
11016 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
11017 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
11018 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
11020 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
11021 if (sym
->has_symtab_index() && sym
->symtab_index() != -1U)
11022 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
11024 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11026 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
11028 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
11029 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
11030 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
11031 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
11032 Arm_address value
=
11033 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
11035 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
11036 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
11038 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
11040 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_TLS
)
11041 symval
.set_is_tls_symbol();
11042 else if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11043 symval
.set_is_ifunc_symbol();
11046 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11047 (gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
11048 && gsym
->is_undefined());
11052 Symbol_value
<32> symval2
;
11053 if (is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11055 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
11057 std::string name
= arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11058 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
11060 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
11062 // FIXME: This case does not work for global symbols.
11063 // We have no place to store the original section index.
11064 // Fortunately this does not matter for comdat sections,
11065 // only for sections explicitly discarded by a linker
11068 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
11069 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
11071 symval2
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
11073 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11077 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_WARNING
)
11078 gold_warning_at_location(relinfo
, i
, offset
,
11079 _("relocation refers to discarded "
11081 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11083 symval2
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11084 psymval
= &symval2
;
11087 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
11088 // destination. Give up.
11089 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
11092 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
11093 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
11097 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
11099 template<bool big_endian
>
11101 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
11102 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11103 unsigned int sh_type
,
11104 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
11105 size_t reloc_count
,
11106 Output_section
* output_section
,
11107 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
11108 const unsigned char* view
,
11109 Arm_address view_address
,
11110 section_size_type view_size
)
11112 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
11113 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
11118 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11122 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
11123 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
11125 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
11130 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11135 gold_unreachable();
11138 // Group input sections for stub generation.
11140 // We goup input sections in an output sections so that the total size,
11141 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
11142 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
11143 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
11144 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
11145 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWATS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
11146 // extend the group after the stub table.
11148 template<bool big_endian
>
11150 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
11152 section_size_type group_size
,
11153 bool stubs_always_after_branch
)
11155 // Group input sections and insert stub table
11156 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
11157 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
11158 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
11159 p
!= section_list
.end();
11162 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
11163 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11164 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
11169 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
11171 template<bool big_endian
>
11173 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
11175 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11176 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
11179 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
11180 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
11182 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
11184 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
11185 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
11188 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
11189 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
11190 // is passed a negative value, we restict stubs to be always after
11191 // the stubbed branches.
11192 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
11193 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
11194 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
11195 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
11197 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
11200 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
11201 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
11202 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
11203 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
11204 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
11206 // This value is 48K less than that, which allows for 4096
11207 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
11208 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
11210 stub_group_size
= 4145152;
11213 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
11214 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
11215 // This is a crude way of enforcing that. In addition, long conditional
11216 // branches of THUMB-2 have a range of +-1M. If we are fixing cortex-A8
11217 // erratum, limit the group size to (1M - 12k) to avoid unreachable
11218 // cortex-A8 stubs from long conditional branches.
11219 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11221 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
11222 const section_size_type cortex_a8_group_size
= 1024 * (1024 - 12);
11223 stub_group_size
= std::max(stub_group_size
, cortex_a8_group_size
);
11226 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
);
11228 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11229 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
= NULL
;
11230 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
=
11231 layout
->section_list().begin();
11232 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11234 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
11236 if (exidx_output_section
== NULL
)
11237 exidx_output_section
=
11238 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11240 // We cannot handle this now.
11241 gold_error(_("multiple SHT_ARM_EXIDX sections %s and %s in a "
11242 "non-relocatable link"),
11243 exidx_output_section
->name(),
11247 if (exidx_output_section
!= NULL
)
11249 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, input_objects
, exidx_output_section
,
11251 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
11256 // If this is not the first pass, addresses and file offsets have
11257 // been reset at this point, set them here.
11258 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11259 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11262 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11263 off_t off
= align_address(owner
->original_size(),
11264 (*sp
)->addralign());
11265 (*sp
)->set_address_and_file_offset(owner
->address() + off
,
11266 owner
->offset() + off
);
11270 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
11271 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
11272 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
11273 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
11274 // That would require more book-keeping.
11275 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11277 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
11278 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11279 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
11280 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
11283 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
11285 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
11286 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11287 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11289 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
11292 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
11293 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11294 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11297 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11298 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11299 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
11302 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
11303 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
11305 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
11306 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
11307 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11308 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11311 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
11313 // Update data size of stub table owner.
11314 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11315 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
11316 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
11317 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
11318 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
11320 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
11321 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
11325 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
11326 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
11327 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
11329 for(Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
11330 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11333 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
11334 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
11335 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
11338 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
11339 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
11341 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
11342 if (!continue_relaxation
)
11344 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11345 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11347 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
11349 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
11350 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11351 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11354 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11355 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11357 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
11358 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
11360 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
11361 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
11365 return continue_relaxation
;
11368 // Relocate a stub.
11370 template<bool big_endian
>
11372 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
11374 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11375 Output_section
* output_section
,
11376 unsigned char* view
,
11377 Arm_address address
,
11378 section_size_type view_size
)
11381 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
11382 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
11384 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
11385 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
11387 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
11388 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
11389 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
11390 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
11392 // This is the address of the stub destination.
11393 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
11394 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11395 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
11397 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
11399 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
11400 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
11401 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
11402 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
11403 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
11404 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
11406 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
11407 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
11408 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
11409 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
11413 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
11416 template<bool big_endian
>
11418 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
11420 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
11421 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11422 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
11423 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11424 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11425 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
11426 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
11427 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
11429 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
11431 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
11432 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
11433 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
11436 // Reorder attributes.
11438 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
11439 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
11440 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
11443 template<bool big_endian
>
11445 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
11447 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
11448 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
11449 // and shift eveything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
11451 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
11453 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
11454 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11456 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
11461 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
11463 template<bool big_endian
>
11465 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
11466 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
11467 unsigned int shndx
,
11468 section_size_type span_start
,
11469 section_size_type span_end
,
11470 const unsigned char* view
,
11471 Arm_address address
)
11473 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
11475 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
11476 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
11477 // first half of the branch.
11478 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
11479 // length non-branch instruction.
11480 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
11481 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
11482 bool last_was_branch
= false;
11483 while (i
< span_end
)
11485 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11486 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
11487 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11488 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
11489 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
11491 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
11494 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
11495 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11497 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
11498 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
11499 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
11500 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
11501 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
11502 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
11503 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
11504 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
11505 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
11508 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
11510 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
11511 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
11512 // we need to work around.
11513 if (is_32bit_branch
11514 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
11516 && !last_was_branch
)
11518 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
11519 bool force_target_arm
= false;
11520 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
11521 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
11522 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11523 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
11525 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
11527 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
11528 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
11530 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11531 && !target_is_thumb
)
11532 force_target_arm
= true;
11533 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11534 && target_is_thumb
)
11535 force_target_thumb
= true;
11539 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
11541 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
11542 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
11543 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
11544 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11546 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
11547 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
11548 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
11549 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
11550 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
11551 // setting of always_after_branch above).
11555 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11557 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
11559 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
11561 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11566 stub_type
= (is_blx
11567 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
11569 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
11570 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
11573 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
11575 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
11577 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
11578 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
11579 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
11580 // BLX stub instead in that case.
11581 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
11582 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
11584 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
11588 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
11589 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
11590 else if (force_target_thumb
11591 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
11593 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
11601 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
11602 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
11603 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
11604 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
11605 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
11607 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
11609 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
11610 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
11612 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
11613 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
11617 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11618 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
11619 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11620 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
11625 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
11626 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
11627 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
11631 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
11633 template<bool big_endian
>
11635 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
11636 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
11637 Arm_address stub_address
,
11638 unsigned char* insn_view
,
11639 Arm_address insn_address
)
11641 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11642 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
11643 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11644 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11645 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
11647 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11648 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
11650 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
11651 // For a conditional branch, we re-write it to be a uncondition
11652 // branch to the stub. We use the THUMB-2 encoding here.
11653 upper_insn
= 0xf000U
;
11654 lower_insn
= 0xb800U
;
11656 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
11657 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
11658 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
11659 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
11660 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
11661 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
11662 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
11663 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
11664 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
11666 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
11667 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
11668 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
11669 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
11673 gold_unreachable();
11676 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
11677 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
11678 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
11681 template<bool big_endian
>
11682 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
11685 Target_selector_arm()
11686 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
11687 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
11691 do_instantiate_target()
11692 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
11695 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11697 template<bool big_endian
>
11699 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
11701 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11702 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
11703 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
11705 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
11706 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
11707 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
11708 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
11709 // by addresses within the output section.
11711 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
11712 Sorted_output_section_list
;
11713 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
11715 // Find out all the output sections of input sections pointed by
11716 // EXIDX input sections.
11717 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11718 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11721 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11722 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
11723 std::vector
<unsigned int> shndx_list
;
11724 arm_relobj
->get_exidx_shndx_list(&shndx_list
);
11725 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< shndx_list
.size(); ++i
)
11727 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
11728 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx_list
[i
]);
11729 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
11730 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
11732 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
11733 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
11734 if (os
!= NULL
&& (os
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11735 sorted_output_sections
.insert(os
);
11740 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
11741 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
11743 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
11744 for(typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
11745 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
11746 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
11749 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
11750 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11751 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
11754 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
,
11755 merge_exidx_entries());
11758 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
11759 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
11761 } // End anonymous namespace.